1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
30 #include "blockinput.h"
31 #include "syssignal.h"
33 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
34 if this is not done before the other system files. */
36 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
38 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
40 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
43 /* Using Xft implies that XRender is available. */
45 #include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
48 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
49 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
51 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
61 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
62 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
65 #include "character.h"
68 #include "dispextern.h"
70 #include "termhooks.h"
73 #include "emacs-icon.h"
78 #include "intervals.h"
83 #include "xsettings.h"
85 #include "sysselect.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
101 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
102 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
106 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
108 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
109 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
111 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
114 #if defined USE_MOTIF
115 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
116 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
117 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
123 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
125 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
126 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
129 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
130 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
131 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
137 #ifndef XtNinitialState
138 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
142 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
145 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
148 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
152 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
155 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
158 static bool any_help_event_p
;
160 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
163 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
167 /* The application context for Xt use. */
168 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
169 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
171 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
172 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
174 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
176 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
177 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
178 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
180 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
182 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
184 static int x_noop_count
;
187 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
188 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
191 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
192 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
196 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
201 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
202 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
203 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
204 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
206 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
207 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
208 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
210 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
211 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
212 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
213 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
214 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
217 static void x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*);
218 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
219 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
220 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
221 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
222 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
223 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
225 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
226 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
227 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
, int);
228 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
229 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
230 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
232 static void x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
233 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
234 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
236 static bool x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
237 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
238 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
239 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, bool);
240 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
241 const XEvent
*, int *,
242 struct input_event
*);
243 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
244 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
246 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
247 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
248 static void x_initialize (void);
250 static bool get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*, Window
, int *, bool *);
252 /* Flush display of frame F. */
255 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
257 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
258 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
259 connection may be broken. */
260 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
264 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
269 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
270 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
271 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
272 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
273 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
276 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
279 /***********************************************************************
281 ***********************************************************************/
285 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
286 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
294 struct record event_record
[100];
296 int event_record_index
;
299 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
301 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
302 event_record_index
= 0;
304 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
305 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
306 event_record_index
++;
313 #define FRAME_CR_CONTEXT(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_context)
314 #define FRAME_CR_SURFACE(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_surface)
316 static struct x_gc_ext_data
*
317 x_gc_get_ext_data (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int create_if_not_found_p
)
319 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
321 XExtData
**head
, *ext_data
;
324 head
= XEHeadOfExtensionList (object
);
325 ext_data
= XFindOnExtensionList (head
, dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
);
326 if (ext_data
== NULL
)
328 if (!create_if_not_found_p
)
332 ext_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (*ext_data
));
333 ext_data
->number
= dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
;
334 ext_data
->private_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct x_gc_ext_data
));
335 XAddToExtensionList (head
, ext_data
);
338 return (struct x_gc_ext_data
*) ext_data
->private_data
;
342 x_extension_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
344 XExtCodes
*ext_codes
= XAddExtension (dpyinfo
->display
);
346 dpyinfo
->ext_codes
= ext_codes
;
350 x_cr_destroy_surface (struct frame
*f
)
352 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
354 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
355 cairo_surface_destroy (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
356 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = 0;
357 if (cr
) cairo_destroy (cr
);
358 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
363 x_begin_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
365 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
370 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
372 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
373 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
375 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
376 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
),
377 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
));
378 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
379 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
382 cr
= cairo_create (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
383 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
389 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
391 if (gc_ext
&& gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
)
395 for (i
= 0; i
< gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
; i
++)
396 cairo_rectangle (cr
, gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].x
,
397 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].y
,
398 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].width
,
399 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].height
);
408 x_end_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
)
410 cairo_restore (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
));
414 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
419 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
420 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.foreground
;
421 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
422 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
423 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
427 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
432 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
433 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.background
;
434 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
435 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
436 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
439 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
441 static int max_fringe_bmp
= 0;
442 static cairo_pattern_t
**fringe_bmp
= 0;
445 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap (int which
, unsigned short *bits
, int h
, int wd
)
448 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
450 cairo_pattern_t
*pattern
;
452 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
455 max_fringe_bmp
= which
+ 20;
456 fringe_bmp
= (cairo_pattern_t
**) xrealloc (fringe_bmp
, max_fringe_bmp
* sizeof (cairo_pattern_t
*));
457 while (i
< max_fringe_bmp
)
463 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
, wd
, h
);
464 stride
= cairo_image_surface_get_stride (surface
);
465 data
= cairo_image_surface_get_data (surface
);
467 for (i
= 0; i
< h
; i
++)
469 *((unsigned short *) data
) = bits
[i
];
473 cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface
);
474 pattern
= cairo_pattern_create_for_surface (surface
);
475 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
479 fringe_bmp
[which
] = pattern
;
483 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap (int which
)
485 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
488 if (fringe_bmp
[which
])
491 cairo_pattern_destroy (fringe_bmp
[which
]);
494 fringe_bmp
[which
] = 0;
498 x_cr_draw_image (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, cairo_pattern_t
*image
,
499 int src_x
, int src_y
, int width
, int height
,
500 int dest_x
, int dest_y
, bool overlay_p
)
503 cairo_matrix_t matrix
;
504 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
505 cairo_format_t format
;
507 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
509 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
512 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
513 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
514 cairo_fill_preserve (cr
);
517 cairo_matrix_init_translate (&matrix
, src_x
- dest_x
, src_y
- dest_y
);
518 cairo_pattern_set_matrix (image
, &matrix
);
519 cairo_pattern_get_surface (image
, &surface
);
520 format
= cairo_image_surface_get_format (surface
);
521 if (format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A8
&& format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
)
523 cairo_set_source (cr
, image
);
528 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
529 cairo_mask (cr
, image
);
535 x_cr_draw_frame (cairo_t
*cr
, struct frame
*f
)
539 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
540 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
542 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
543 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
544 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
545 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
546 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
549 static cairo_status_t
550 x_cr_accumulate_data (void *closure
, const unsigned char *data
,
553 Lisp_Object
*acc
= (Lisp_Object
*) closure
;
555 *acc
= Fcons (make_unibyte_string ((char const *) data
, length
), *acc
);
557 return CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS
;
561 x_cr_destroy (Lisp_Object arg
)
563 cairo_t
*cr
= (cairo_t
*) XSAVE_POINTER (arg
, 0);
571 x_cr_export_frames (Lisp_Object frames
, cairo_surface_type_t surface_type
)
574 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
577 void (*surface_set_size_func
) (cairo_surface_t
*, double, double) = NULL
;
578 Lisp_Object acc
= Qnil
;
579 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
583 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
584 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
585 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
586 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
589 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE
590 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PDF
)
592 surface
= cairo_pdf_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
594 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_pdf_surface_set_size
;
598 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
599 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
600 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB24
, width
, height
);
603 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE
604 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PS
)
606 surface
= cairo_ps_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
608 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_ps_surface_set_size
;
612 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE
613 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_SVG
)
614 surface
= cairo_svg_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
620 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
621 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
622 record_unwind_protect (x_cr_destroy
, make_save_ptr (cr
));
630 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
631 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
632 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
633 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
634 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
641 cairo_surface_show_page (surface
);
642 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
643 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
644 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
645 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
646 if (surface_set_size_func
)
647 (*surface_set_size_func
) (surface
, width
, height
);
651 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
652 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
655 cairo_surface_flush (surface
);
656 cairo_surface_write_to_png_stream (surface
, x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
);
660 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
662 return CALLN (Fapply
, intern ("concat"), Fnreverse (acc
));
665 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
668 x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*f
)
673 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
674 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
675 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
676 x_free_cr_resources (XFRAME (frame
));
680 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
684 cairo_surface_t
*surface
= cairo_get_target (cr
);
686 if (cairo_surface_get_type (surface
) == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_XLIB
)
689 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
697 x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, XRectangle
*rectangles
, int n
)
699 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, rectangles
, n
, Unsorted
);
701 eassert (n
>= 0 && n
<= MAX_CLIP_RECTS
);
704 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 1);
706 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= n
;
707 memcpy (gc_ext
->clip_rects
, rectangles
, sizeof (XRectangle
) * n
);
713 x_reset_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
715 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
718 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
721 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= 0;
727 x_fill_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
732 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
733 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
734 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
738 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
739 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
744 x_draw_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
749 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
750 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
751 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5, width
, height
);
752 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
756 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
757 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
762 x_clear_window (struct frame
*f
)
767 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
768 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
772 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
778 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
779 int width
, int height
, int top_p
)
783 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
784 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
785 cairo_move_to (cr
, top_p
? x
: x
+ height
, y
);
786 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
, y
+ height
);
787 cairo_line_to (cr
, top_p
? x
+ width
- height
: x
+ width
, y
+ height
);
788 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
+ width
, y
);
795 CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
, /* 0 -> pi/2 */
796 CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
, /* pi/2 -> pi */
797 CORNER_TOP_LEFT
, /* pi -> 3pi/2 */
798 CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
, /* 3pi/2 -> 2pi */
803 x_erase_corners_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
804 int width
, int height
,
805 double radius
, double margin
, int corners
)
810 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
811 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
812 for (i
= 0; i
< CORNER_LAST
; i
++)
813 if (corners
& (1 << i
))
815 double xm
, ym
, xc
, yc
;
817 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
)
818 xm
= x
- margin
, xc
= xm
+ radius
;
820 xm
= x
+ width
+ margin
, xc
= xm
- radius
;
821 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
)
822 ym
= y
- margin
, yc
= ym
+ radius
;
824 ym
= y
+ height
+ margin
, yc
= ym
- radius
;
826 cairo_move_to (cr
, xm
, ym
);
827 cairo_arc (cr
, xc
, yc
, radius
, i
* M_PI_2
, (i
+ 1) * M_PI_2
);
830 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
836 x_draw_horizontal_wave (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
837 int width
, int height
, int wave_length
)
840 double dx
= wave_length
, dy
= height
- 1;
843 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
844 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
845 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
850 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2);
852 xoffset
= wave_length
* 2;
855 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2) + wave_length
* 2;
856 n
= (width
+ xoffset
) / wave_length
+ 1;
857 if (xoffset
> wave_length
)
859 xoffset
-= wave_length
;
865 cairo_move_to (cr
, x
- xoffset
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5);
868 cairo_rel_line_to (cr
, dx
, dy
);
871 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
878 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
880 struct x_display_info
*
881 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
883 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
885 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
886 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
893 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
895 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
896 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
897 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
899 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
903 unsigned int nchildren
;
906 if (XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
))
915 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
918 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
921 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
922 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
924 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
928 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
933 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
934 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
935 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
936 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
940 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
942 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
945 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
947 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
949 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
950 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
951 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
952 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
954 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
956 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
957 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
958 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
960 /* return unless necessary */
965 unsigned long n
, left
;
967 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
968 0, 1, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
969 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
972 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
974 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
984 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
985 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
986 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
990 /***********************************************************************
991 Starting and ending an update
992 ***********************************************************************/
994 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
995 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
996 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
997 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
998 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
1001 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
1004 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
1005 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1008 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1012 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1014 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1015 width
= gdk_window_get_width (w
);
1016 height
= gdk_window_get_height (w
);
1021 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1022 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1023 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1024 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1025 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1026 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1029 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
1032 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = cairo_image_surface_create
1033 (CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32
, width
, height
);
1037 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1040 /* Start update of window W. */
1043 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
1045 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1046 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
1048 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
1052 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
1054 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
1055 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= true;
1057 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
1059 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
1060 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1067 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
1070 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
1072 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1075 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
1077 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1081 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1083 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
1084 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
1088 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
1091 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
1093 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1094 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
1095 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1096 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1097 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1098 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
1099 ? face_first
->foreground
1100 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1101 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
1102 ? face_last
->foreground
1103 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1104 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1106 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
1109 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1110 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1111 x0
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1112 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1113 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1114 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
1115 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1116 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1117 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1119 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
1122 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1123 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1124 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, 1);
1125 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1126 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1127 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
1128 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1129 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1130 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
1134 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1135 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1136 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
1140 /* End update of window W.
1142 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
1143 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
1145 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
1146 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
1147 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
1149 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
1150 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
1154 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
1155 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1157 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1162 display_and_set_cursor (w
, true,
1163 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
1164 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
1166 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, true))
1168 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
1169 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
1171 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
1177 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
1178 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
1179 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1181 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
1183 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
1184 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
1185 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1190 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
1194 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
1196 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
1197 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= false;
1200 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1204 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (HAVE_GTK3)
1205 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1207 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1208 cr
= gdk_cairo_create (w
);
1213 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
1214 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1215 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1216 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1217 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1218 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1219 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1220 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
1222 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
1225 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
1226 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
1229 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
), 0, 0);
1234 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1238 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
1244 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
1245 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
1248 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
1251 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
1255 /* Clear under internal border if any (GTK has its own version). */
1258 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
1260 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
1262 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1263 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1264 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1265 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
1268 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
1269 x_clear_area (f
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
1270 x_clear_area (f
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
1271 x_clear_area (f
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
1277 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
1278 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
1279 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
1280 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
1281 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
1284 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
1288 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1289 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= true;
1291 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1292 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
1293 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
1294 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
1295 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
1296 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
1297 overhead is very small. */
1302 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
1303 && desired_row
->full_width_p
1304 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
1305 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
1307 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
1310 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
1313 x_clear_area (f
, 0, y
, width
, height
);
1314 x_clear_area (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
, y
, width
, height
);
1322 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
1324 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1325 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1326 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1327 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
1328 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
1330 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
1331 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
1333 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
1335 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
1336 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
1337 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
1338 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
1340 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1342 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
1344 x_fill_rectangle (f
, face
->gc
, p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
1347 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
1351 if (p
->which
&& p
->which
< max_fringe_bmp
)
1355 XGetGCValues (display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &gcv
);
1356 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, (p
->cursor_p
1357 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1358 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1359 : face
->foreground
));
1360 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, face
->background
);
1361 x_cr_draw_image (f
, gc
, fringe_bmp
[p
->which
], 0, p
->dh
,
1362 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
, p
->overlay_p
);
1363 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, gcv
.foreground
);
1364 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, gcv
.background
);
1366 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
1370 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1371 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
1375 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
1377 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
1379 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
1381 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
1383 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1384 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1385 : face
->foreground
),
1386 face
->background
, depth
);
1390 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
1391 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
1394 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
1395 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
1396 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
1397 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
1400 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
1401 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
1402 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
1406 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1407 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
1408 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
1411 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
1413 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
1416 /***********************************************************************
1418 ***********************************************************************/
1422 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
1423 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1424 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1425 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1426 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
1427 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1428 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
1429 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
1430 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1431 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1432 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1433 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
1434 unsigned long *, double, int);
1435 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
1436 double, int, unsigned long);
1437 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
1438 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1439 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
1440 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1441 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
1442 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
1444 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
1445 int, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool,
1447 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1448 int, bool, bool, XRectangle
*);
1449 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
1452 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
1456 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1460 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1462 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1463 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1464 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1466 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1469 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1473 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1474 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1476 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1477 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1478 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1479 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1480 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1481 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1482 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1484 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1485 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1486 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1488 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1489 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1492 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1493 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1494 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1496 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1497 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1500 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1501 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1503 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1508 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1511 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1516 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1517 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1518 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1520 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1522 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1523 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1525 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1526 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1527 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1529 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1530 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1533 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1538 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1539 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1540 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1541 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1543 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1544 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1547 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1548 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1550 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1553 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1557 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1558 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1559 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1562 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1564 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1568 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1569 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1573 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1575 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1577 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1579 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1580 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1582 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1584 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1585 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1587 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1589 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1590 s
->stippled_p
= false;
1592 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1594 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1595 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1597 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1598 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1600 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1601 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1606 /* GC must have been set. */
1607 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1611 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1612 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1615 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1617 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1618 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1621 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, r
, n
);
1626 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1627 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1631 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1636 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1638 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1641 x_set_clip_rectangles (dst
->f
, dst
->gc
, &r
, 1);
1646 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1649 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1652 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1653 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1655 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1657 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1659 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1660 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1663 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1664 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1665 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1669 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1671 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1673 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1674 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1675 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1679 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1680 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1685 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1688 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1691 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1692 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1693 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1694 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1698 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1699 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1700 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1701 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1702 contains the first component of a composition. */
1705 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1707 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1708 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1709 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1711 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1715 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1716 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1717 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1718 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1719 s
->background_width
,
1720 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1721 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1722 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1724 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1725 /* When xdisp.c ignores FONT_HEIGHT, we cannot trust
1726 font dimensions, since the actual glyphs might be
1727 much smaller. So in that case we always clear the
1728 rectangle with background color. */
1729 || FONT_TOO_HIGH (s
->font
)
1730 || s
->font_not_found_p
1731 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1734 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1735 s
->background_width
,
1736 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1737 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1743 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1746 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1750 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1751 of S to the right of that box line. */
1752 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1753 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1754 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1758 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1760 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1762 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1764 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1765 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
,
1766 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1768 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1773 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1774 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1777 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1778 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1780 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1782 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1783 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, false);
1785 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, true);
1786 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1787 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1791 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1794 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1797 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1799 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1800 of S to the right of that box line. */
1801 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1802 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1803 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1807 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1808 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1809 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1810 this composition. */
1812 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1813 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1814 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1816 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1817 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1818 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1820 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1824 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1825 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1826 space on the left or right. */
1827 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1829 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1830 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1832 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, false);
1833 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1834 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, false);
1839 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1844 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1846 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1847 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1848 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1851 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1855 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1856 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1857 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1860 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1861 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1862 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1863 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, false);
1864 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1865 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
,
1874 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1875 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1876 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1882 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1885 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1887 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1891 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1892 of S to the right of that box line. */
1893 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1894 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1895 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1901 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1903 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1904 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1906 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1909 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1910 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1914 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1915 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1916 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1917 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1918 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1919 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1922 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1924 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1925 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1926 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
+ 0u);
1932 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1935 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1936 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1938 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1939 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1941 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1942 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1943 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1945 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1946 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1947 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1950 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1951 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
1952 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1953 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1954 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1955 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1959 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1963 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1964 cannot be determined. */
1966 static struct frame
*
1967 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1969 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1970 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1973 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1975 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1976 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1977 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1978 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1979 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1980 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1982 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1983 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1984 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1988 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1989 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1990 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1996 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1997 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1998 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1999 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2000 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2001 Value is true if successful. */
2004 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2005 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2007 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
2008 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
2011 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
2014 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
2015 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
2017 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
2019 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.screen
),
2021 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.colormap
),
2026 /* The address of this variable is returned by
2027 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2029 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2032 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
2034 DPY is the display we are working on.
2036 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
2037 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
2038 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
2039 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
2041 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
2042 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
2044 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
2045 we allocated the color or not.
2047 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
2050 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
2051 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
2052 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
2062 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2063 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2065 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
2069 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2070 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2071 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
2073 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
2075 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2076 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
2078 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
2080 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2081 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
2083 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
2084 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
2086 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
2087 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
2092 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
2094 params
[0] = color_name
;
2095 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2096 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2097 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color '%s'",
2102 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
2104 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
2106 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2110 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
2114 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
2115 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2118 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2123 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
2124 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
2125 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
2127 APP is the application context in which we work.
2129 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
2130 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
2131 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
2133 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2136 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
2141 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
2143 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
2146 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
2148 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
2149 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2150 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2151 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
2152 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
2157 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
2160 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
2161 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
2162 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
2163 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
2165 static const XColor
*
2166 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
2168 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2170 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
2172 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
2173 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
2176 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
2177 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2178 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
2180 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
2181 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
2183 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
2184 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
2187 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
2188 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
2192 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
2193 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
2196 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
2198 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2200 if (dpyinfo
->red_bits
> 0)
2202 /* For TrueColor displays, we can decompose the RGB value
2205 unsigned int rmult
, gmult
, bmult
;
2206 unsigned int rmask
, gmask
, bmask
;
2208 rmask
= (1 << dpyinfo
->red_bits
) - 1;
2209 gmask
= (1 << dpyinfo
->green_bits
) - 1;
2210 bmask
= (1 << dpyinfo
->blue_bits
) - 1;
2211 /* If we're widening, for example, 8 bits in the pixel value to
2212 16 bits for the separate-color representation, we want to
2213 extrapolate the lower bits based on those bits available --
2214 in other words, we'd like 0xff to become 0xffff instead of
2215 the 0xff00 we'd get by just zero-filling the lower bits.
2217 We generate a 32-bit scaled-up value and shift it, in case
2218 the bit count doesn't divide 16 evently (e.g., when dealing
2219 with a 3-3-2 bit RGB display), to get more of the lower bits
2222 Should we cache the multipliers in dpyinfo? Maybe
2223 special-case the 8-8-8 common case? */
2224 rmult
= 0xffffffff / rmask
;
2225 gmult
= 0xffffffff / gmask
;
2226 bmult
= 0xffffffff / bmask
;
2228 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
2230 unsigned int r
, g
, b
;
2231 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
2233 r
= (pixel
>> dpyinfo
->red_offset
) & rmask
;
2234 g
= (pixel
>> dpyinfo
->green_offset
) & gmask
;
2235 b
= (pixel
>> dpyinfo
->blue_offset
) & bmask
;
2237 colors
[i
].red
= (r
* rmult
) >> 16;
2238 colors
[i
].green
= (g
* gmult
) >> 16;
2239 colors
[i
].blue
= (b
* bmult
) >> 16;
2244 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
2247 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
2249 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
2250 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
2251 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
2252 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
2257 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
2261 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
2262 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
2265 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
2267 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
2271 /* On frame F, translate the color name to RGB values. Use cached
2272 information, if possible.
2274 Note that there is currently no way to clean old entries out of the
2275 cache. However, it is limited to names in the server's database,
2276 and names we've actually looked up; list-colors-display is probably
2277 the most color-intensive case we're likely to hit. */
2279 Status
x_parse_color (struct frame
*f
, const char *color_name
,
2282 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2283 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2284 struct color_name_cache_entry
*cache_entry
;
2286 if (color_name
[0] == '#')
2288 /* The hex form is parsed directly by XParseColor without
2289 talking to the X server. No need for caching. */
2290 return XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, color
);
2293 for (cache_entry
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_names
; cache_entry
;
2294 cache_entry
= cache_entry
->next
)
2296 if (!xstrcasecmp(cache_entry
->name
, color_name
))
2298 *color
= cache_entry
->rgb
;
2303 if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, color
) == 0)
2304 /* No caching of negative results, currently. */
2307 cache_entry
= xzalloc (sizeof *cache_entry
);
2308 cache_entry
->rgb
= *color
;
2309 cache_entry
->name
= xstrdup (color_name
);
2310 cache_entry
->next
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_names
;
2311 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_names
= cache_entry
;
2316 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
2317 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
2318 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
2322 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2326 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2329 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
2330 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
2331 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
2332 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
2334 int max_color_delta
= 255;
2335 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
2336 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
2338 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
2340 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
2342 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
2343 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
2344 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
2345 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
2347 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
2350 nearest_delta
= delta
;
2354 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
2355 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
2356 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
2357 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2361 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
2362 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
2363 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
2364 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2365 XColor
*cached_color
;
2367 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
2368 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
2369 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
2370 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
2371 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
2373 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2374 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
2375 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
2379 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2381 register_color (color
->pixel
);
2382 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
2388 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP, after
2389 gamma correction. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the
2390 nearest color available. Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR
2391 to the color allocated. */
2394 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2396 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2398 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
2400 if (dpyinfo
->red_bits
> 0)
2402 color
->pixel
= x_make_truecolor_pixel (dpyinfo
,
2409 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
2413 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2414 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2415 get color reference counts right. */
2418 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
2422 /* If display has an immutable color map, freeing colors is not
2423 necessary and some servers don't allow it. Since we won't free a
2424 color once we've allocated it, we don't need to re-allocate it to
2425 maintain the server's reference count. */
2426 if (!x_mutable_colormap (FRAME_X_VISUAL (f
)))
2429 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2431 /* The color could still be found in the color_cells array. */
2432 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2433 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
2435 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2436 register_color (pixel
);
2442 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
2445 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
2446 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
2447 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
2448 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
2449 use an additional additive factor.
2451 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
2452 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
2453 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
2456 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2457 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2458 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2459 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2460 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2461 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2464 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2465 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2471 /* Get RGB color values. */
2472 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
2473 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2475 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2476 eassert (factor
>= 0);
2477 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
2478 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
2479 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
2481 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
2482 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
2484 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
2485 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
2486 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
2487 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
2488 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
2490 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
2491 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
2492 /* The additive adjustment. */
2493 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
2497 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
2498 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
2499 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
2503 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
2504 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
2505 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
2509 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2510 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2513 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
2515 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2516 delta to the RGB values. */
2517 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
2519 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
2520 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
2521 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
2522 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2533 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2534 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2535 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2536 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2537 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2538 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2541 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
2542 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
2545 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
2546 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2547 unsigned long pixel
;
2548 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
2549 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2550 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2551 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2553 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2554 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
2556 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
2557 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
2558 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
2559 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
2561 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
2565 /* Allocate new color. */
2566 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
2568 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
2569 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
2570 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
2572 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
2574 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2576 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2579 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2583 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2586 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2588 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2589 unsigned long color
;
2591 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2592 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2593 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2595 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2596 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2601 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2602 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2603 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2606 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2607 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2609 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2610 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2611 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2612 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2613 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2618 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2619 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2620 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P means draw a raised
2621 relief. LEFT_P means draw a relief on the left side of
2622 the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a relief on the right
2623 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2627 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2628 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
,
2629 int width
, bool raised_p
, bool top_p
, bool bot_p
,
2630 bool left_p
, bool right_p
,
2631 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2634 GC top_left_gc
, bottom_right_gc
;
2639 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2640 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2644 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2645 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2648 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2649 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2653 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2654 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2656 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_LEFT
;
2658 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
;
2662 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, right_x
+ 1 - width
, top_y
,
2663 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2665 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
;
2667 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
;
2672 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2673 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2675 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2676 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 1);
2681 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2682 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2684 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, bottom_right_gc
,
2685 left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2686 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 0);
2688 if (left_p
&& width
!= 1)
2689 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2690 1, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2691 if (top_p
&& width
!= 1)
2692 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2693 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, 1);
2696 XSetBackground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), top_left_gc
,
2697 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2698 x_erase_corners_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2699 right_x
- left_x
+ 1, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1,
2703 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
);
2704 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
);
2706 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2707 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2712 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2714 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2715 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2717 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2718 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2719 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2726 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2727 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2728 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2730 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2731 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2732 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2733 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2740 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2742 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2743 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2745 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2746 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2747 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2748 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2751 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2753 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2755 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2756 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2760 /* Outermost top line. */
2762 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2763 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2764 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2766 /* Outermost left line. */
2768 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2774 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2775 left_x
+ left_p
, bottom_y
,
2776 right_x
+ !right_p
, bottom_y
);
2777 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2778 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2779 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2780 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2786 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2787 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2788 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2789 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2790 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2791 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2794 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
2800 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2801 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2802 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P means draw a line on the
2803 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a line
2804 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2805 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2808 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2809 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2810 bool left_p
, bool right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2814 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2815 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2816 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2819 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2820 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2824 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2825 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2828 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2829 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2833 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2834 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2836 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2837 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
2841 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2844 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2846 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
;
2847 bool raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2848 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2849 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2851 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2852 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2853 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2855 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2856 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2858 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2860 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2861 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2863 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2865 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2867 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2869 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2870 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2872 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2873 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2874 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2876 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2878 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2880 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2881 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2882 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2885 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2886 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2887 width
, raised_p
, true, true, left_p
, right_p
,
2893 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2896 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2899 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2901 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2902 right of that line. */
2903 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2904 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2906 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2908 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2910 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2911 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2912 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2913 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2919 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2920 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2921 trust on the shape extension to be available
2922 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2924 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2927 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2929 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2930 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2931 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2932 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2933 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2935 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2938 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2939 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2940 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2941 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2942 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2943 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2947 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2949 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2952 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2953 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2954 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2955 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2956 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2957 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2959 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2960 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2961 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2962 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2963 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2964 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2965 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2967 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2968 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2969 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2970 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2971 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2976 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2977 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2978 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2982 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2985 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2988 bool raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2989 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2992 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2994 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2995 right of that line. */
2996 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2997 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2999 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3001 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3003 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
3004 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3005 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3006 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3008 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3009 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
3011 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
3012 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
3016 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
3017 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
3020 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
3021 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
3023 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
3024 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
3026 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
3027 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
3028 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
3030 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
3031 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
3033 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
3034 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
3037 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= false;
3039 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
3040 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= true;
3041 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3042 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= true;
3043 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
3044 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= true;
3045 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
3046 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= true;
3048 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
3049 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3050 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
3051 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
3055 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
3058 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
3061 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
3063 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3064 right of that line. */
3065 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3066 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3068 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3070 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3072 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
3073 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3074 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3075 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3081 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3082 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3083 trust on the shape extension to be available
3084 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3086 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3090 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3091 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
3092 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
3093 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3094 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3096 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3097 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3098 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3099 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3103 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3104 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3105 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3107 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3108 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3109 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3110 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3111 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3112 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3113 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3115 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
3116 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
3117 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
3118 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
3123 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3124 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3125 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
3129 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
3130 give the rectangle to draw. */
3133 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
3137 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3138 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3139 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3140 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3143 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3147 /* Draw image glyph string S.
3150 s->x +-------------------------
3153 | +-------------------------
3156 | | +-------------------
3162 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3164 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3165 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3167 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
3170 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3171 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3172 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
3173 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3175 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
3176 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
3178 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3179 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
3183 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
3184 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
3188 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
3189 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
3190 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
3191 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
3192 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
3194 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
3195 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3196 s
->background_width
,
3199 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
3201 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3203 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
3206 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3207 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3208 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
3209 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3210 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3211 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3212 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
3217 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
3219 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3220 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3221 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3222 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3229 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3231 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3234 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
3235 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
3238 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3239 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
3241 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3244 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3247 /* Draw the foreground. */
3249 if (s
->img
->cr_data
)
3251 cairo_t
*cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3253 int x
= s
->x
+ s
->img
->hmargin
;
3254 int y
= s
->y
+ s
->img
->vmargin
;
3255 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3257 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, s
->img
->cr_data
,
3260 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3262 x_end_cr_clip (s
->f
);
3268 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
3269 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3270 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3271 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
3272 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
3275 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
3277 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
3279 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3280 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
3281 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
3285 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
3288 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3290 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
3292 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
3293 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
3295 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
3296 wide as the stretch glyph. */
3297 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3300 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3302 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3306 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3312 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
3314 int right_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3316 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
3317 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
3318 x
+= background_width
;
3320 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
3321 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3325 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
3327 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
3328 if (width
< background_width
)
3331 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
3335 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3339 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
3340 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
3342 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
3348 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3349 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
, &r
, 1);
3351 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
3353 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3354 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3355 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3356 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
3361 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3362 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3363 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3364 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3367 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
);
3370 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3372 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3373 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3375 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
3376 except for header line and mode line. */
3377 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
3379 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3382 if (background_width
> 0)
3383 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
3386 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3390 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
3396 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
3401 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3403 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
3405 x_draw_horizontal_wave (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3,
3406 s
->width
, wave_height
, wave_length
);
3407 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
3408 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, xmax
;
3410 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
3413 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
3415 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
3419 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
3423 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
3424 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
3425 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
3427 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
3430 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
3432 /* Draw the waves */
3434 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
3436 odd
= (x1
/ dx
) & 1;
3444 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
3449 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
3451 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
3455 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
3456 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
3457 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
3461 /* Draw glyph string S. */
3464 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3466 bool relief_drawn_p
= false;
3468 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
3469 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
3470 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
3471 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
3474 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3476 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
3477 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
3478 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
3479 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
3481 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3482 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
3483 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
3484 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
3486 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, true);
3487 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3491 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
3492 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
3494 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
3495 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
3496 if (!s
->for_overlaps
3497 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3498 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
3499 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
3502 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3503 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3504 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3505 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3506 relief_drawn_p
= true;
3508 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
3510 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
3511 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
3512 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
3513 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
3514 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
3515 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
3517 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3519 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
3522 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
3526 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
3530 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3531 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3533 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, false);
3534 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3537 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
3538 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
3539 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
3540 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3542 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3543 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3546 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
3547 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3548 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3550 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3551 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3558 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
3560 /* Draw underline. */
3561 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
3563 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
3565 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3566 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3570 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3571 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3572 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3573 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3576 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3578 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
3581 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
3582 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3584 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
3585 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
3586 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
3590 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
3591 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
3592 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
3595 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
3596 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3599 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
3600 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
3601 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
3602 specs, and its default is
3604 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
3605 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
3607 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
3608 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
3609 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
3611 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
3613 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
3615 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
3617 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
3618 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
3619 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
3620 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3621 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
3622 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
3623 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
3624 s
->underline_position
= position
;
3625 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
3626 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3627 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3628 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3632 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3633 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3634 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3635 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3636 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3640 /* Draw overline. */
3641 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
3643 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
3645 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
3646 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3651 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3652 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
3653 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3655 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3659 /* Draw strike-through. */
3660 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
3662 unsigned long h
= 1;
3663 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
3665 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
3666 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3671 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3672 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
3673 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3675 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3679 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
3680 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
3681 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3685 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
3687 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
3688 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
3689 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
3691 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
3692 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3693 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
3696 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
3697 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
3698 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3699 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3701 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3702 x_reset_clip_rectangles (prev
->f
, prev
->gc
);
3704 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
3710 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3712 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
3713 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
3714 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
3716 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
3717 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3718 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
3721 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3722 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
3723 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3724 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3726 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3727 x_reset_clip_rectangles (next
->f
, next
->gc
);
3729 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3730 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
3735 /* Reset clipping. */
3736 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3740 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3743 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3745 /* Never called on a GUI frame, see
3746 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2015-05/msg00456.html
3748 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3749 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3750 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3754 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3758 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3764 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3765 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3768 x_clear_area1 (Display
*dpy
, Window window
,
3769 int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3771 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3772 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3777 x_clear_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
3782 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3784 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
3785 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
3786 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3790 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3791 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
3796 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3799 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3801 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3803 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3809 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3810 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3811 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3813 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3814 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3815 redisplay, do it here. */
3816 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3817 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3820 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3825 /* RIF: Show hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3828 x_show_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3830 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3834 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3835 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3838 if (FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
))
3841 x
->hourglass_p
= true;
3843 if (!x
->hourglass_window
)
3845 unsigned long mask
= CWCursor
;
3846 XSetWindowAttributes attrs
;
3848 Window parent
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
3850 Window parent
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
3852 attrs
.cursor
= x
->hourglass_cursor
;
3854 x
->hourglass_window
= XCreateWindow
3855 (dpy
, parent
, 0, 0, 32000, 32000, 0, 0,
3856 InputOnly
, CopyFromParent
, mask
, &attrs
);
3859 XMapRaised (dpy
, x
->hourglass_window
);
3865 /* RIF: Cancel hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3868 x_hide_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3870 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3872 /* Watch out for newly created frames. */
3873 if (x
->hourglass_window
)
3875 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), x
->hourglass_window
);
3876 /* Sync here because XTread_socket looks at the
3877 hourglass_p flag that is reset to zero below. */
3878 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
3879 x
->hourglass_p
= false;
3883 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3886 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3892 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3893 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3894 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3896 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3897 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3898 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3899 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3901 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3905 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3908 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3909 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3910 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3911 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3912 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3913 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3914 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, true, x, y, w, h)
3915 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3916 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3919 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3920 pixels into background pixels. */
3924 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3925 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3926 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3928 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3929 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3933 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3934 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3935 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3936 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3937 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3938 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3939 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3940 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3942 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3943 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3945 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3947 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3948 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3949 width
, flash_height
);
3950 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3952 (height
- flash_height
3953 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3954 width
, flash_height
);
3958 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3959 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3960 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3961 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3966 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3967 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3969 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3971 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3973 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3974 struct timespec timeout
;
3976 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3977 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3980 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3981 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3983 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3984 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3988 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3989 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3991 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3993 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3994 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3995 width
, flash_height
);
3996 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3998 (height
- flash_height
3999 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
4000 width
, flash_height
);
4003 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
4004 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
4005 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
4006 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
4012 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
4014 #undef XFillRectangle
4016 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
4027 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
4030 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
4035 /* Make audible bell. */
4038 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
4040 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
4048 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
4050 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
4052 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4058 /***********************************************************************
4060 ***********************************************************************/
4062 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
4063 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
4066 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
4072 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
4075 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
4077 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4078 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
4080 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
4081 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
4083 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
4085 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
4086 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
4087 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
4091 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
4092 line at the bottom. */
4093 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4094 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
4096 height
= run
->height
;
4100 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
4102 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4103 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
4105 height
= run
->height
;
4110 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
4114 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
4116 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4117 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4118 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
4129 /***********************************************************************
4131 ***********************************************************************/
4135 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
4137 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4138 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4139 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4140 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4142 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
4143 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
4144 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
4145 because of this (bug#9310). */
4146 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4147 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4148 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
4149 x_uncatch_errors ();
4151 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4152 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4156 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
4158 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4159 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4160 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4161 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4163 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
4164 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4165 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4166 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
4167 x_uncatch_errors ();
4169 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4170 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4173 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
4174 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
4175 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
4176 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
4177 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
4180 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
4182 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4184 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4186 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
4187 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
4188 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
4190 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
4191 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
4193 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
4194 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4196 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
4199 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
4202 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
4203 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
4204 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
4207 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4209 if (type
== FocusIn
)
4211 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
4213 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
4214 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
4216 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
4217 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
4218 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
4219 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
4220 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
4221 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
4222 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
4223 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
4225 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
4226 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4229 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
4232 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4233 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4236 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
4238 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
4240 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
4242 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
4243 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
4245 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
4246 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4250 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4251 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4253 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
4254 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, false);
4258 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
4259 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
4261 static struct frame
*
4262 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4264 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4270 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4273 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4275 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4277 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4278 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4279 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
4280 /* A tooltip frame? */
4281 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4282 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4283 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4285 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4287 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
4289 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4290 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4291 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
4294 #endif /* USE_GTK */
4295 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
4296 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4298 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4303 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
4305 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
4308 static struct frame
*
4309 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4311 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4312 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
4318 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4323 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
4325 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
4326 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4327 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4332 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4334 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
4337 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
4338 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
4339 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
4341 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4342 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4346 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4347 /* A tooltip frame. */
4355 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
4357 static struct frame
*
4358 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
4359 const XEvent
*event
)
4361 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
4362 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4369 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4372 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4374 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4376 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
4379 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4380 if (x
->menubar_widget
4381 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4388 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
4389 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
4392 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4394 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4401 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4404 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4406 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4410 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
4412 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4413 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
4416 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
4420 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4421 /* Tooltip frame. */
4427 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
4429 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4430 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4432 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
4434 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
4435 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
4437 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
4440 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
4441 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4446 switch (event
->type
)
4451 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
4453 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
4455 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
4456 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
4457 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
4458 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4460 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4466 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
4467 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
4468 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
4469 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4473 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
4475 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
4476 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4477 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4484 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
4485 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
4488 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4490 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
4494 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
4495 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
4496 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
4498 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
4499 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
4500 the appropriate X display info. */
4503 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
4505 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
4509 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4511 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
4513 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4515 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
4516 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
4517 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
4518 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
4519 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
4521 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
4522 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4526 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
4528 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
4531 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
4532 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
4533 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
4539 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
4541 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
4543 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4545 int min_code
, max_code
;
4548 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
4550 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
4551 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
4552 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4553 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
4554 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
4556 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
4558 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
4559 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
4561 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
4563 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
4564 Alt keysyms are on. */
4566 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
4567 bool found_alt_or_meta
;
4569 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
4571 found_alt_or_meta
= false;
4572 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
4574 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
4576 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
4580 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
4584 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
4586 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
4592 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4593 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4598 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4599 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4604 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4605 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4606 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4607 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4612 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4613 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4614 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4615 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4619 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
4620 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
4621 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
4622 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4623 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4632 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
4633 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4635 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
4636 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4639 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
4640 make them just meta, not alt. */
4641 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4643 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
4647 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
4650 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
4654 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
4656 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4657 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4658 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4659 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4662 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4663 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4664 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4665 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4666 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4667 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4668 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4669 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4671 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
4672 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
4673 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
4674 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
4675 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
4676 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
4680 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
4682 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4683 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4684 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4685 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4689 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4690 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
4691 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4692 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
4693 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4694 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
4695 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4696 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
4699 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
4700 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
4701 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
4702 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
4703 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
4704 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
4707 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
4710 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
4715 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
4721 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
4723 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
4724 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
4725 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
4726 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
4728 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
4730 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
4731 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
4732 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
4733 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
4734 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
4735 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
4736 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
4737 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
4738 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
4741 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
4743 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
4747 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
4748 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
4751 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
4753 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
4754 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
4755 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
4756 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
4758 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
4762 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
4763 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
4764 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
4769 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
4770 The input handler calls this.
4772 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
4773 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
4774 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
4775 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
4778 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
4781 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
4783 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
4786 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
4787 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
4788 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
4789 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
4790 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
4792 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
4794 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4795 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4796 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
4797 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
4802 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
4803 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
4804 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
4805 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
4806 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
4808 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4809 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4810 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
4811 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
4812 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
4813 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
4820 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
4821 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
4823 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
4824 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
4825 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
4826 position on the scroll bar.
4828 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
4829 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
4832 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
4833 was at this position.
4835 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
4837 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
4841 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
4842 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
4846 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
4850 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
4852 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
4854 if (bar
->horizontal
)
4855 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4857 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4864 Window dummy_window
;
4867 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
4869 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
4870 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4871 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4872 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4873 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= false;
4875 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4877 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4878 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4879 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4881 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4884 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4885 a different screen. */
4888 /* The position on that root window. */
4891 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4894 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4896 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4898 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4899 containing the pointer. */
4903 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4907 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4908 structure is changing at the same time this function
4909 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4911 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4913 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
4915 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4916 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4917 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4923 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
4925 /* From-position, to-position. */
4926 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4930 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4936 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4938 /* From-window, to-window. */
4941 /* From-position, to-position. */
4942 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4947 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4950 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4951 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4952 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4953 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4954 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4962 /* Now we know that:
4963 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4964 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4965 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4966 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4967 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4968 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4969 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4970 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4971 never use them in that case.) */
4974 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4975 want the edit window. */
4976 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4978 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4979 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4982 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4983 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4986 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4987 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4989 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4992 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4995 x_uncatch_errors_after_check ();
4997 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
5000 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5002 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
, 2);
5006 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5012 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
5013 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5017 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
5018 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
5019 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
5020 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
5021 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
5022 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
5023 the frame are divided into. */
5025 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
5026 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
5027 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
5028 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
5033 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
5034 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
5035 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5045 /***********************************************************************
5047 ***********************************************************************/
5049 /* Scroll bar support. */
5051 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
5053 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
5056 static struct scroll_bar
*
5057 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
, int type
)
5059 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5061 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
5062 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
5063 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5065 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5067 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
5069 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
5072 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
5074 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
5075 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
5076 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
5077 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
5078 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
5081 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5082 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
5083 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
5085 || (type
== 1 && XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)
5086 || (type
== 0 && !XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)))
5087 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5094 #if defined USE_LUCID
5096 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
5097 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
5100 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
5102 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5104 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5105 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
5107 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
5109 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
5115 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5118 /************************************************************************
5120 ************************************************************************/
5122 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5124 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, enum scroll_bar_part
,
5127 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
5128 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
5130 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
5132 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
5133 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
5136 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
5138 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
5139 static XtActionHookId horizontal_action_hook_id
;
5141 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
5143 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
5144 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
5145 to avoid jerkiness. */
5147 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
5149 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
5150 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
5151 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
5152 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
5155 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5156 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5159 const char *end_action
;
5162 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5163 end_action
= "Release";
5164 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5165 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5166 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5167 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5170 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5171 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5174 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5176 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5177 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, false);
5178 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5179 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5181 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5184 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5185 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
5187 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5188 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5189 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5191 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5192 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5198 xt_horizontal_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5199 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5202 const char *end_action
;
5205 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5206 end_action
= "Release";
5207 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5208 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5209 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5210 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5213 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5214 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5217 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5219 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5220 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, true);
5221 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5222 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
5224 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5227 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5228 set_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
);
5230 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5231 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5232 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5234 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5235 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5238 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5240 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
5241 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
5242 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
5243 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
5246 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, enum scroll_bar_part part
,
5247 int portion
, int whole
, bool horizontal
)
5250 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
5251 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
5252 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5253 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
5254 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
5255 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
5256 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
5260 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
5261 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
5262 ev
->message_type
= (horizontal
5263 ? FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
5264 : FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
);
5265 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
5266 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
5269 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
5270 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
5271 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
5272 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
5273 will resolve such issues someday. */
5274 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
5275 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
5276 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
5277 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
5278 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
5280 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
5281 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5282 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= true;
5283 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
5286 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
5287 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
5288 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
5289 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
5294 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
5298 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5299 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5301 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5305 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5306 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5307 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5308 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5309 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5311 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5313 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5314 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5317 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5320 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5323 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5324 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5325 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5326 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5329 /* Transform a horizontal scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs
5330 input event in *IEVENT. */
5333 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5334 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5336 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5340 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5341 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5342 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5343 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5344 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5346 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5348 ievent
->kind
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5349 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5352 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5355 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5358 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5359 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5360 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5361 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5367 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
5369 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
5371 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5372 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
5373 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
5376 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5378 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5379 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
5380 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5381 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5382 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5386 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
5388 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
5391 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
5393 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5396 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
5398 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5401 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
5403 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5408 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_leftmost
: scroll_bar_to_top
;
5411 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
5413 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_rightmost
: scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
5421 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
5426 portion
= bar
->whole
* ((float)cs
->value
/ XM_SB_MAX
);
5427 whole
= bar
->whole
* ((float)(XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
) / XM_SB_MAX
);
5428 portion
= min (portion
, whole
);
5429 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5433 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
5434 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
5435 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5438 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
5442 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5446 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5448 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5449 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5454 #elif defined USE_GTK
5456 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5457 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
5460 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
5461 GtkScrollType scroll
,
5465 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5466 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5467 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5468 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
5469 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
5471 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return false;
5475 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
5476 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
5477 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
5478 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
5480 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5482 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5483 whole
= (int)(gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5484 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
));
5485 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5486 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5490 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5491 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5492 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
5493 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5494 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5498 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
5499 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5500 ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
);
5503 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
5504 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5505 ? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
);
5508 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
5509 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5510 ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
);
5513 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
5514 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5515 ? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
);
5522 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5524 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5525 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5532 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
5535 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
5536 GdkEventButton
*event
,
5539 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5541 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5543 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5544 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, bar
->horizontal
);
5545 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5552 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5554 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
5555 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
5556 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
5560 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5562 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5563 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
5564 float top
= *top_addr
;
5566 int whole
, portion
, height
, width
;
5567 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5568 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5573 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5575 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5580 whole
= bar
->whole
- (shown
* bar
->whole
);
5581 portion
= min (top
* bar
->whole
, whole
);
5589 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5593 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5595 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5599 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
5601 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
5602 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
5603 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
5604 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
5605 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
5607 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5609 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5612 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5613 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5614 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5615 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
, bar
->horizontal
);
5619 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
5620 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
5621 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
5622 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
5623 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
5624 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
5625 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
5628 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5630 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5631 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
5632 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
5633 Dimension height
, width
;
5634 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5636 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5638 /* Get the width of the scroll bar. */
5640 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5643 if (eabs (position
) >= width
)
5644 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_after_handle
;
5646 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5647 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5648 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, width
/ 20))
5649 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_right_arrow
;
5651 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5653 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5655 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5656 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, width
,
5662 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
5664 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5667 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
5668 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5670 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5671 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5672 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
5673 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5675 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5677 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5679 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5680 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
,
5685 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5687 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
5688 #define SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME "horizontalScrollBar"
5690 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
5691 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
5695 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5697 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5700 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5701 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5707 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5709 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5712 xg_create_horizontal_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5713 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5718 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5721 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5727 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5728 unsigned long pixel
;
5733 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5734 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5735 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5736 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5737 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
5738 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
5739 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5740 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5742 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5745 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5749 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5752 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5756 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5757 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5759 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5760 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5762 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5764 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5766 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5768 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5770 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5772 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5775 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5776 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5778 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5779 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5780 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5781 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5783 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5785 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5786 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5787 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5788 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5789 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5790 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
5791 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5792 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5794 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5797 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5801 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5804 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5808 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5810 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5811 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5813 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5816 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5817 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5818 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5820 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5823 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5825 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5828 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5829 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5830 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5832 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5836 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5837 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5838 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5839 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5840 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5841 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5842 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5845 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5846 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5850 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5851 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5852 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5854 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5856 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5859 /* Specify the colors. */
5860 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5863 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5866 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5869 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5875 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5876 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5879 char const *initial
= "";
5880 char const *val
= initial
;
5881 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5882 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
5883 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
5885 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
5886 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
5887 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
5888 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
5889 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
5890 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
5894 /* Define callbacks. */
5895 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
5896 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
5899 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5900 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5902 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5904 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
5905 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
5906 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
5907 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
5909 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
5910 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
5911 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
5912 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
5914 bar
->horizontal
= false;
5920 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5926 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5927 unsigned long pixel
;
5932 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5933 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5934 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5935 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5936 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmHORIZONTAL
); ++ac
;
5937 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_RIGHT
), ++ac
;
5938 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5939 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5941 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5944 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5948 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5951 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5955 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5956 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5958 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5959 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5961 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5963 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5965 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5967 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5969 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5971 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5974 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5975 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5977 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5978 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5979 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5980 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5982 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5984 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5985 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5986 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5987 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5988 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5989 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientHorizontal
); ++ac
;
5990 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5991 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5993 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5996 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
6000 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6003 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
6007 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
6009 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
6010 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
6012 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6015 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6016 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
6017 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
6019 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
6022 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
6024 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6027 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6028 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
6029 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
6031 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
6035 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
6036 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
6037 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
6038 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
6039 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
6040 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
6041 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
6044 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
6045 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
6049 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
6050 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
6051 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
6053 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
6055 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
6058 /* Specify the colors. */
6059 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
6062 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
6065 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
6068 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
6074 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
6075 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
6078 char const *initial
= "";
6079 char const *val
= initial
;
6080 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
6081 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
6082 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
6084 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
6085 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
6086 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
6087 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
6088 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
6089 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
6093 /* Define callbacks. */
6094 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
6095 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
6098 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
6099 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
6101 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6103 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
6104 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
6105 if (horizontal_action_hook_id
== 0)
6106 horizontal_action_hook_id
6107 = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_horizontal_action_hook
, 0);
6109 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
6110 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
6111 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
6112 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
6114 bar
->horizontal
= true;
6118 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6121 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
6122 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
6126 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6128 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6132 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6134 xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6137 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6139 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6142 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6143 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6150 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
6152 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
6153 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
6154 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
6155 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
6156 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
6157 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
6158 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
6159 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
6160 its size, the update will often happen too late.
6161 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
6162 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
6163 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
6164 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
6165 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
6173 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6174 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6177 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6181 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
6182 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
6184 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6186 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
6187 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
6188 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6190 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6192 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6198 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6199 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6203 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6205 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6206 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6207 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6211 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6212 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6213 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6216 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6217 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6218 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6219 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6221 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6222 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6223 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6224 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6225 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6228 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6229 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6230 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6231 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6233 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6234 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6237 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6238 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6239 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6241 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6245 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6251 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6254 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6255 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6262 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6263 top
= (float) position
/ (whole
- portion
);
6265 int size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6266 int value
= clip_to_bounds (0, top
* (XM_SB_MAX
- size
), XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6268 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6270 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6276 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6277 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6281 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6283 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6284 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6285 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6290 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6291 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6292 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6295 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6296 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6297 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6298 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6300 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6301 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6302 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6303 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6304 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6308 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6309 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6310 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6311 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6313 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6315 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6316 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6319 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6320 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6321 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6323 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6328 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6332 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6334 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6338 /************************************************************************
6339 Scroll bars, general
6340 ************************************************************************/
6342 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
6343 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
6344 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
6347 static struct scroll_bar
*
6348 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
,
6349 int width
, int height
, bool horizontal
)
6351 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6352 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6353 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
6358 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6360 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6362 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6363 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6365 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
6369 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6370 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
6371 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
6373 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
6374 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
6376 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6378 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
6380 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
6381 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
6382 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
6383 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
6384 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
6386 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6387 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
6388 left
, top
, width
, height
,
6389 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
6396 bar
->x_window
= window
;
6398 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6400 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
6404 bar
->height
= height
;
6408 bar
->horizontal
= horizontal
;
6409 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
6410 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
6413 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
6414 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6416 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6417 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6418 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
6419 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6421 /* Map the window/widget. */
6422 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6426 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6427 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6429 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6430 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6431 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6432 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6433 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6434 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
6435 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6437 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6438 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6439 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6446 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6448 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
6450 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
6451 redrawing it, unless REBUILD; in that case, always
6452 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
6455 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
6456 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
6457 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
6458 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
6459 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
6462 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
,
6465 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
6466 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6467 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6468 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6470 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
6472 && start
== bar
->start
6479 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
6480 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
6481 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6483 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
6484 the distance between start and end. */
6486 int length
= end
- start
;
6490 else if (start
> top_range
)
6492 end
= start
+ length
;
6496 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
6500 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
6504 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
6505 if (end
> top_range
)
6508 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
6509 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
6510 that many pixels tall. */
6511 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
6513 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
6514 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6515 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (start
> 0))
6516 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6517 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6518 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
6519 inside_width
, start
, False
);
6521 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
6522 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6523 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6524 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6526 /* Draw the handle itself. */
6527 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
6528 /* x, y, width, height */
6529 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6530 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
6531 inside_width
, end
- start
);
6533 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6534 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6535 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6536 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6538 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
6539 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6540 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (end
< inside_height
))
6541 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6542 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6543 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
6544 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
, False
);
6550 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6552 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
6556 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
6558 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6561 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6563 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
6564 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6565 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
6566 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6568 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6571 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
6572 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6573 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6575 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6581 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
6582 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
6583 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
6587 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6589 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6591 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6592 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6593 int window_y
, window_height
;
6595 /* Get window dimensions. */
6596 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
6598 height
= window_height
;
6599 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
6600 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
6602 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6603 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6605 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6608 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6612 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1), false);
6616 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6617 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6619 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6623 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6625 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6627 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6629 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6632 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6634 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6637 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6638 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6639 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6640 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6642 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6643 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6644 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6645 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6646 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6647 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6649 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6651 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6660 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6664 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6666 /* Remember new settings. */
6670 bar
->height
= height
;
6675 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6676 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6677 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6678 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6680 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6682 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
6685 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, false);
6688 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
6689 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
6690 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6693 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6695 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6696 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6701 XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6703 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6705 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6706 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6707 int window_x
, window_width
;
6708 int pixel_width
= WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH (w
);
6710 /* Get window dimensions. */
6711 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &window_x
, 0, &window_width
, 0);
6713 width
= window_width
;
6714 top
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_Y (w
);
6715 height
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (w
);
6717 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6718 if (NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6720 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6724 /* Clear also part between window_width and
6725 WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH. */
6726 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, pixel_width
, height
);
6730 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
, true);
6734 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6735 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6737 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6741 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6743 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6745 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6747 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6750 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6751 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6754 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6755 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6756 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6758 WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
), top
,
6759 pixel_width
- WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
), height
);
6761 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
, left
,
6763 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6764 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6765 left
, top
, width
, height
, 0);
6766 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6768 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6770 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
6771 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
6772 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
6775 int area_height
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (w
);
6776 int rest
= area_height
- height
;
6777 if (rest
> 0 && width
> 0)
6778 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, rest
);
6781 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6790 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6794 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6796 /* Remember new settings. */
6800 bar
->height
= height
;
6805 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6806 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6807 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6808 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6810 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6812 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, width
);
6815 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, left_range
, false);
6818 int start
= ((double) position
* left_range
) / whole
;
6819 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * left_range
) / whole
;
6820 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6823 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6825 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6826 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6830 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
6831 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
6832 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
6833 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
6834 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
6835 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
6836 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
6838 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
6839 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
6840 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
6843 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
6845 if (!NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6847 if (!NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6849 /* Prepend scrollbars to already condemned ones. */
6850 Lisp_Object last
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6852 while (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
))
6853 last
= XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
;
6855 XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6856 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= last
;
6859 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
));
6860 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, Qnil
);
6865 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
6866 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
6869 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
)
6871 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6875 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
6876 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6879 if (!NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6881 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6882 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6883 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6884 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6886 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6888 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6889 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6891 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6892 w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6893 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6895 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6896 one or the other! */
6900 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6902 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6903 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6905 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6907 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6908 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6909 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6910 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6914 if (!NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6916 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6917 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6918 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6919 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6921 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6923 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6924 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6926 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6927 w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6928 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6930 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6931 one or the other! */
6935 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6937 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6938 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6940 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6942 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6943 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6944 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6945 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6949 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
6950 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
6953 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
6955 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
6957 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6959 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
6960 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
6961 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
6963 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
6965 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
6967 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
6970 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
6973 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
6974 and they should get garbage-collected. */
6978 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6979 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
6980 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
6982 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6986 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
6988 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6989 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6990 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6994 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, true);
6996 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
6997 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6998 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6999 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
7001 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
7002 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
7003 /* x, y, width, height */
7004 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
7006 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
7007 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
7008 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
7009 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
7014 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7016 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
7017 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
7019 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7024 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
7025 const XEvent
*event
,
7026 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
7028 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
7031 emacs_event
->kind
= (bar
->horizontal
7032 ? HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
7033 : SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
);
7034 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
7035 emacs_event
->modifiers
7036 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
7037 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
7038 event
->xbutton
.state
)
7039 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
7042 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
7043 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
7044 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
7045 if (bar
->horizontal
)
7048 = HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
7049 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
- HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
7052 if (x
> left_range
) x
= left_range
;
7055 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
7056 else if (x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7057 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
7059 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
7061 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7062 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
7063 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7065 int new_start
= - bar
->dragging
;
7066 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7068 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7073 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, left_range
);
7074 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, x
);
7079 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7080 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7083 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
7086 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7087 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7088 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7090 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7092 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7093 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
7094 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7096 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
7097 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7099 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7104 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
7105 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
7109 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7111 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
7113 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7117 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
7118 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
7120 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
7121 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7123 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
7124 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
7125 f
->mouse_moved
= true;
7127 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
7128 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7130 /* Where should the handle be now? */
7131 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
7133 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
7135 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7137 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7142 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7144 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7145 on the scroll bar. */
7148 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7149 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7150 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7152 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7153 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7154 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7155 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7157 Window dummy_window
;
7159 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7163 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7165 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7167 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7168 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7169 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7171 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7174 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7177 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7179 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7181 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7182 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
7186 if (win_y
> top_range
)
7190 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7192 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7193 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7194 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
7195 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7196 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7197 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7199 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7201 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
7202 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
7204 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7205 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7206 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7213 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7214 on the scroll bar. */
7217 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7218 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7219 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7221 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7222 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7223 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7224 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7226 Window dummy_window
;
7228 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7232 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7234 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7236 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7237 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7238 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7240 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7243 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7246 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
7248 win_x
-= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
7250 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7251 win_x
-= bar
->dragging
;
7255 if (win_x
> left_range
)
7259 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7261 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7262 *part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
7263 else if (win_x
< bar
->start
)
7264 *part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
7265 else if (win_x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7266 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7268 *part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
7270 XSETINT (*y
, win_x
);
7271 XSETINT (*x
, left_range
);
7273 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7274 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7275 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7282 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
7283 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
7284 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
7288 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
7290 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7293 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
7294 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
7295 But in that case we should not clear them. */
7296 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
7297 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
7298 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7299 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7300 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
7302 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7305 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7307 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
7308 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
7310 static int temp_index
;
7311 static short temp_buffer
[100];
7313 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
7314 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
7316 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
7318 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
7320 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
7322 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
7324 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
7325 on a particular display. */
7327 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
7329 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
7330 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
7331 We try all the open displays, one by one.
7332 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
7334 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
7343 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7344 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
7345 EVENT is the X event to filter.
7347 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
7349 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
7353 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
7355 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
7356 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
7357 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
7360 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7361 event
->xclient
.window
);
7363 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
7368 static int current_count
;
7369 static int current_finish
;
7370 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
7372 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
7373 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
7374 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
7375 static GdkFilterReturn
7376 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
7378 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
7381 if (current_count
>= 0)
7383 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7385 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
7388 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7389 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
7390 so we do it here. */
7391 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
7393 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
7396 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7401 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7404 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
7408 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
7412 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
7413 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7415 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
7417 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7420 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
7421 enum xembed_message
,
7422 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
7425 x_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, Window window
)
7427 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
7428 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
7429 bool sticky
= false;
7431 get_current_wm_state (f
, window
, &value
, &sticky
);
7435 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
7438 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
7441 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
7444 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
7449 frame_size_history_add
7450 (f
, Qx_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
7451 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
7453 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
7454 /** store_frame_param (f, Qsticky, sticky ? Qt : Qnil); **/
7457 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
7459 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
7460 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
7461 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
7462 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
7464 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
7467 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
7468 const XEvent
*event
,
7469 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7471 union buffered_input_event inev
;
7474 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
7475 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
7476 struct coding_system coding
;
7477 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
7478 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
7479 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
7480 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
7481 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
7482 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
7483 XEvent configureEvent
;
7488 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7490 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
7491 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
7494 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
7496 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
7497 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
7499 switch (event
->type
)
7503 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
7504 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
7506 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
7508 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
7509 because this could be the shell widget window
7510 if the frame has no title bar. */
7513 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
7514 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
7515 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
7518 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
7519 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
7520 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
7521 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
7522 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
7525 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
7526 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
7527 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
7528 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
7531 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
7532 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
7533 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
7536 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
7537 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
7538 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
7540 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
7541 /* The ICCCM says this is
7542 the only valid choice. */
7544 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
7545 x_uncatch_errors ();
7547 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
7552 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
7554 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
7555 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
7556 the session manager, who's looking for such a
7557 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
7558 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
7559 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
7560 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
7561 session manager and one for this. */
7563 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
7566 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7567 event
->xclient
.window
);
7568 /* This is just so we only give real data once
7569 for a single Emacs process. */
7570 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
7571 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7572 event
->xclient
.window
,
7573 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
7575 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7576 event
->xclient
.window
,
7582 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
7586 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
7588 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
7589 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7596 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
7599 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
7602 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7604 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
7605 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
7609 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
7616 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
7620 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
7621 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
7624 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
7626 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
7627 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
7629 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
7630 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
7631 currently never do because we are interested in
7632 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
7633 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7634 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7637 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
7638 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7642 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7643 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
7644 we construct an input_event. */
7645 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
7647 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7648 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7651 else if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
7653 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7654 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7657 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7659 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
7660 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
7662 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7663 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
7664 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7666 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7670 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7675 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
7676 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7680 case SelectionNotify
:
7681 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.time
);
7682 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7683 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
7685 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7686 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
7689 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
7690 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.time
);
7691 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7692 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
7694 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7696 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
7698 inev
.sie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
7699 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7700 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7701 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7705 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
7706 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.time
);
7707 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7708 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
7710 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7712 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
7714 inev
.sie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
7715 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7716 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
7717 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7718 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
7719 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
7720 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7724 case PropertyNotify
:
7725 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.time
);
7726 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
7727 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
7729 bool not_hidden
= x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
);
7730 if (not_hidden
&& FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7732 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
7733 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
7734 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
7735 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7736 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7737 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7738 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7739 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7741 else if (! not_hidden
&& ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7743 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7744 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7745 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7746 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7750 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
7751 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7754 case ReparentNotify
:
7755 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
7758 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
7759 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7761 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
7762 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
7763 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
7765 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
7770 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
7773 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
7775 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7776 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7777 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7778 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
7783 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
7784 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
7786 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7787 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7789 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7790 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7795 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7796 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7798 #if defined USE_LUCID
7799 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
7800 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
7801 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
7803 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
7805 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
7807 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
7809 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7810 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
7812 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7813 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
7814 event
->xexpose
.window
, 2);
7817 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
7818 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7821 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7822 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7826 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7827 source area was obscured or not
7829 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
7831 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
7832 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
7833 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
7834 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
7835 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7838 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7841 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7842 source area was completely
7847 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
7848 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
7851 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
7854 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
7855 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
7856 the frame was deleted. */
7858 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
7859 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
7860 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
7861 display that won't ever be seen. */
7862 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7863 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
7864 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
7865 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
7866 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
7867 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
7868 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
7869 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7871 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7872 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7873 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7879 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
7880 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
7881 frame is visible. */
7882 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
7885 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
7887 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
7888 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
7889 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
7890 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
7892 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7893 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7894 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7898 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7899 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7901 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
7902 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
7903 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
7904 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
7907 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
7914 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
7915 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7917 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7918 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
7919 if (popup_activated ())
7925 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
7926 mouse highlighting. */
7927 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
7928 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
7930 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7934 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7935 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= true;
7938 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7941 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
7942 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
7943 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
7944 event
->xkey
.window
);
7945 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
7947 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
7948 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
7951 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7955 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
7956 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
7957 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
7960 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
7961 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
7962 status_return even if the input is too long to
7963 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
7964 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
7965 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
7966 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
7967 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
7968 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
7969 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
7971 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
7973 /* Event will be modified. */
7974 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
7977 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
7978 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
7979 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
7981 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7984 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7985 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
7986 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
7988 /* This will have to go some day... */
7990 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
7991 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
7992 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
7993 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
7994 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
7995 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
7996 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
7998 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
7999 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
8000 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
8001 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
8002 not it is combined with Meta. */
8003 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
8004 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8009 Status status_return
;
8011 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
8012 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
8013 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8014 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8016 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
8018 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
8019 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
8020 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
8021 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8022 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8025 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
8026 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
8028 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
8033 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
8034 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
8038 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8039 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8042 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
8043 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
8047 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
8048 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
8049 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
8052 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8053 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
8055 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
8056 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
8058 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
8059 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
8061 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
8062 translations to characters. */
8063 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
8064 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
8066 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8067 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
8071 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
8072 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
8074 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
8075 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8077 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8078 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
8082 /* Now non-ASCII. */
8083 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
8084 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
8089 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
8090 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8091 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8092 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
8096 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
8097 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
8098 || keysym
== XK_Delete
8099 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8100 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8101 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
8103 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
8104 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
8106 /* This recognizes the "extended function
8107 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
8108 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
8109 mode_switch incorrectly. */
8110 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
8112 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
8113 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
8115 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
8116 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
8118 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
8119 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
8121 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
8122 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
8124 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
8125 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
8127 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
8128 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
8130 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
8131 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
8133 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
8134 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
8136 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
8137 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
8139 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
8140 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
8142 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
8143 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
8145 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
8146 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
8148 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
8149 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
8151 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
8152 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
8153 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
8154 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
8155 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
8156 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
8157 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
8158 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8159 don't have real modifiers but
8160 should be treated similarly to
8161 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
8162 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8163 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
8164 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
8168 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
8169 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
8171 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8172 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
8176 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
8180 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
8182 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
8184 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
8187 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
8189 /* Decode the input data. */
8191 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
8192 which depends on which X*LookupString function
8193 we used just above and the locale. */
8194 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
8195 coding
.src_multibyte
= false;
8196 coding
.dst_multibyte
= true;
8197 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
8198 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
8199 gives us composition information. */
8200 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
8202 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
8204 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
8205 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
8206 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
8207 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
8208 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
8209 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
8212 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
8213 character events. */
8214 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
8217 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
8218 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
8220 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
8221 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
8222 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8223 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8225 kbd_buffer_store_buffered_event (&inev
, hold_quit
);
8230 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
8232 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
8235 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
8236 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
8240 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8241 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8249 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
8251 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8252 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8260 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8261 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8265 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
8266 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
8268 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
8269 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
8270 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
8271 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
8273 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
8274 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
8275 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8276 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8281 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8285 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8286 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8288 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
8291 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8293 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8294 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8295 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8296 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8299 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
8300 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
8301 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
8302 the mouse leaves the frame. */
8303 if (any_help_event_p
)
8307 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
8308 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8309 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8314 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8319 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.time
);
8320 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
8321 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8323 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8324 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
8326 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
8328 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= false;
8329 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8333 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8339 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
8340 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
8341 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
8343 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
8344 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
8345 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, false);
8347 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
8348 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
8349 will be selected only when it is active. */
8350 if (WINDOWP (window
)
8351 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
8352 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
8353 /* For click-to-focus window managers
8354 create event iff we don't leave the
8356 && (focus_follows_mouse
8357 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
8358 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
8360 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
8361 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
8363 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
8364 last_mouse_window
= window
;
8366 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
8367 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
8371 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8372 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8373 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
8374 event
->xmotion
.window
, 2);
8377 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
8378 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8380 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8381 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8382 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8385 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
8386 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8387 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
8388 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
8393 case ConfigureNotify
:
8394 /* An opaque move can generate a stream of events as the window
8395 is dragged around. If the connection round trip time isn't
8396 really short, they may come faster than we can respond to
8397 them, given the multiple queries we can do to check window
8398 manager state, translate coordinates, etc.
8400 So if this ConfigureNotify is immediately followed by another
8401 for the same window, use the info from the latest update, and
8402 consider the events all handled. */
8403 /* Opaque resize may be trickier; ConfigureNotify events are
8404 mixed with Expose events for multiple windows. */
8405 configureEvent
= *event
;
8406 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
8408 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &next_event
);
8409 if (next_event
.type
!= ConfigureNotify
8410 || next_event
.xconfigure
.window
!= event
->xconfigure
.window
8411 /* Skipping events with different sizes can lead to a
8412 mispositioned mode line at initial window creation.
8413 Only drop window motion events for now. */
8414 || next_event
.xconfigure
.width
!= event
->xconfigure
.width
8415 || next_event
.xconfigure
.height
!= event
->xconfigure
.height
)
8417 XPutBackEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &next_event
);
8421 configureEvent
= next_event
;
8423 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.window
);
8425 if (f
) x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8430 && configureEvent
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8432 xg_frame_resized (f
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
,
8433 configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
);
8435 x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8442 x_net_wm_state (f
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.window
);
8444 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8445 /* Tip frames are pure X window, set size for them. */
8446 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
)
8448 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) != configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
8449 || FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) != configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
)
8450 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8451 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
;
8452 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
;
8456 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8459 FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
);
8461 FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
);
8463 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
8464 is called by the code that handles resizing
8465 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
8467 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
8468 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
8469 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
8470 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
8471 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
8472 || configureEvent
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8473 || configureEvent
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
8475 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
8476 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8477 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8478 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8480 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8484 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
8485 Only get real positions when mapped. */
8486 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
8487 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
8489 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8492 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
8493 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8502 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8503 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8504 bool tool_bar_p
= false;
8506 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8507 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
8508 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.time
);
8510 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8511 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
8514 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8519 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8520 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8521 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8522 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
8525 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
8526 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
8528 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, true);
8529 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
8531 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
8532 handle_tool_bar_click
8533 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
8534 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
8536 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
8539 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8540 if (! popup_activated ())
8543 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8545 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
8546 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8548 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8549 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8551 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
8552 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8555 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8557 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8558 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
8559 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8563 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8564 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
8565 event
->xbutton
.window
, 2);
8567 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8568 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
8570 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
8572 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8573 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8575 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8577 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8578 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8581 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
8583 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8584 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
8585 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8586 if (f
&& !tool_bar_p
)
8587 f
->last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
8588 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8591 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8593 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
8594 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
8595 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
8597 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
8599 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8600 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
8601 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
8602 don't pass it to Xt right now.
8603 Instead, save it away
8604 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
8605 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
8606 if (! popup_activated ()
8608 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
8609 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
8611 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
8612 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
8613 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
8614 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
8615 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8616 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
8617 && event
->xbutton
.y
< FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8618 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
8620 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8621 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
8622 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
8623 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
8624 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
8625 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8629 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
8633 case CirculateNotify
:
8636 case CirculateRequest
:
8639 case VisibilityNotify
:
8643 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
8645 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
8647 case MappingModifier
:
8648 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
8649 /* This is meant to fall through. */
8650 case MappingKeyboard
:
8651 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
8656 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
8661 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8663 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
8664 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
8666 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8671 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
8673 kbd_buffer_store_buffered_event (&inev
, hold_quit
);
8678 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
8683 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8689 any_help_event_p
= true;
8690 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
8691 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
8695 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8696 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
8705 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
8706 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
8707 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
8709 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
8711 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
8713 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8714 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
8716 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
8719 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
8724 /* Read events coming from the X server.
8725 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8727 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8728 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
8729 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
8733 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
8736 bool event_found
= false;
8737 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
8741 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
8742 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
8744 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
8745 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
8749 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
8754 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
8757 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
8758 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
8763 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
8765 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8771 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
8772 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
8773 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
8774 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
8776 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
8777 from all displays. */
8779 while (gtk_events_pending ())
8781 current_count
= count
;
8782 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
8784 gtk_main_iteration ();
8786 count
= current_count
;
8788 current_hold_quit
= 0;
8790 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8793 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8795 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
8796 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
8799 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
8800 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
8801 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
8803 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
8807 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
8808 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
8810 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
8812 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
8813 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
8817 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
8818 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
8819 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
8821 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
8822 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
8833 /***********************************************************************
8835 ***********************************************************************/
8837 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
8838 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
8840 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
8841 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
8842 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
8845 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
8846 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
8848 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8849 XRectangle clip_rect
;
8850 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
8852 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
8854 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
8855 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
8856 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
8857 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
8858 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
8860 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
, &clip_rect
, 1);
8864 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
8867 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
8869 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8870 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8871 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8874 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8877 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
8878 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
8879 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8880 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8883 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
8884 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
8885 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1;
8887 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
8888 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
8889 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8890 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
8891 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8893 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8894 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8895 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8897 /* When on R2L character, show cursor at the right edge of the
8898 glyph, unless the cursor box is as wide as the glyph or wider
8899 (the latter happens when x-stretch-cursor is non-nil). */
8900 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8901 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> wd
)
8903 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- wd
;
8907 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
8908 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8909 x_draw_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
8910 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8914 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8916 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8917 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8918 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8922 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
8924 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8925 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8927 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
8928 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
8930 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8931 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8934 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8935 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8936 the bar might not be in the window. */
8937 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
8939 struct glyph_row
*r
;
8940 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
8941 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8945 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8946 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8947 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8948 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
8949 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
8952 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
8953 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
8954 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
8955 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
8956 that the glyph is legible. */
8957 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
8958 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
8960 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8961 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
8964 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8967 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8968 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
8971 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8973 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
8975 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8978 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
8979 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
8981 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
8983 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
8984 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
8985 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
8986 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
8988 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8989 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
8990 width
, row
->height
);
8992 else /* HBAR_CURSOR */
8994 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
8995 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8998 width
= row
->height
;
9000 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
9002 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
9003 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
9005 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
9006 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1)
9007 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- w
->phys_cursor_width
+ 1;
9008 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
9009 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
9010 row
->height
- width
),
9011 w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1, width
);
9014 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
9019 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
9022 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
9024 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
9025 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
9026 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
9027 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
9031 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
9034 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
9036 x_clear_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
9038 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
9039 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9040 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
9045 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
9048 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
9049 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
9050 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
9052 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9056 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
9057 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= true;
9059 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
9060 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
9061 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
9062 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
9064 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= true;
9065 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
9069 switch (cursor_type
)
9071 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
9072 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
9075 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
9076 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
9080 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
9084 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
9088 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
9097 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
9098 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
9099 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
9103 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9109 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
9112 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
9114 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
9116 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9119 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
9120 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9121 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9122 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9127 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
9128 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
9129 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
9131 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9132 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
9133 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
9137 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
9138 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
9144 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
9145 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
9147 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
9151 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
9153 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
9155 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9159 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
9162 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
9163 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
9167 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9168 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9172 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
9173 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
9174 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
9175 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
9176 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9178 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
9181 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
9182 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
9188 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
9189 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
9192 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
9194 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9199 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
9200 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
9202 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
9203 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
9206 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9207 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9208 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9209 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
9214 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
9216 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
9217 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
9219 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
9220 be called from a signal handler.
9223 struct x_error_message_stack
{
9224 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9226 x_special_error_handler handler
;
9228 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
9230 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
9232 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
9233 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
9234 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
9237 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9239 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
9240 x_error_message
->string
,
9241 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9242 if (x_error_message
->handler
)
9243 x_error_message
->handler (display
, event
, x_error_message
->string
,
9244 x_error_message
->handler_data
);
9247 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
9248 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
9251 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
9252 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
9253 stored in *x_error_message.
9255 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
9256 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
9258 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling.
9259 Calling x_uncatch_errors_after_check is similar, but skips an XSync
9260 to the server, and should be used only immediately after
9261 x_had_errors_p or x_check_errors. */
9264 x_catch_errors_with_handler (Display
*dpy
, x_special_error_handler handler
,
9267 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
9269 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
9273 data
->string
[0] = 0;
9274 data
->handler
= handler
;
9275 data
->handler_data
= handler_data
;
9276 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
9277 x_error_message
= data
;
9281 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9283 x_catch_errors_with_handler (dpy
, NULL
, NULL
);
9286 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
9287 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
9289 This version should be used only if the immediately preceding
9290 X-protocol-related thing was x_check_errors or x_had_error_p, both
9291 of which issue XSync calls, so we don't need to re-sync here. */
9294 x_uncatch_errors_after_check (void)
9296 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
9299 tmp
= x_error_message
;
9300 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
9305 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
9306 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
9309 x_uncatch_errors (void)
9311 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
9315 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
9316 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
9317 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
9318 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
9320 tmp
= x_error_message
;
9321 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
9326 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
9327 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
9328 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
9331 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
9333 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9336 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
9338 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9339 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9340 x_uncatch_errors ();
9341 error (format
, string
);
9345 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
9346 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9349 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
9351 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9354 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
9357 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9360 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9362 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
9366 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
9367 * idea. --lorentey */
9368 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
9371 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
9373 while (x_error_message
)
9374 x_uncatch_errors ();
9379 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
9382 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
9387 /************************************************************************
9389 ************************************************************************/
9391 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
9393 static char *error_msg
;
9395 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
9396 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
9399 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
, bool ioerror
)
9401 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
9402 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9403 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9405 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
9406 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
9408 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
9409 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
9413 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
9415 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
9416 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
9418 if (ioerror
) dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9420 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
9421 that are on the dead display. */
9422 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9424 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
9426 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
9427 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9428 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
9429 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
9430 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9431 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9434 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
9435 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
9436 for another frame that we need to delete. */
9437 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9438 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9439 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9441 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
9442 trying to find a replacement. */
9443 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
9444 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9447 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
9448 first place, so don't try to close it. */
9451 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
9452 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
9453 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
9455 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
9456 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
9457 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
9458 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
9459 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
9460 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
9461 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
9462 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
9463 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
9466 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9468 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
9469 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9471 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9472 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
9473 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
9474 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
9479 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
9480 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
9484 if (terminal_list
== 0)
9486 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
9487 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
9491 totally_unblock_input ();
9493 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
9494 clear_waiting_for_input ();
9496 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
9497 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
9499 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
9500 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
9501 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
9502 error ("%s", error_msg
);
9505 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
9506 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
9507 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
9509 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
9510 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
9513 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9515 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
9516 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
9517 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
9523 if (x_error_message
)
9524 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
9526 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
9530 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
9531 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
9532 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9534 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
9536 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
9537 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
9539 static void NO_INLINE
9540 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9542 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
9544 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
9545 or colors that are not defined. */
9547 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
9550 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
9551 original error handler. */
9553 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
9554 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
9555 buf
, event
->request_code
);
9556 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
, false);
9560 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
9561 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
9562 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9565 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
9569 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server '%s'",
9570 DisplayString (display
));
9571 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
, true);
9575 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
9577 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
9578 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
9579 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
9583 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
9585 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
9586 int unit
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
9587 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9588 int old_menu_bar_height
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9589 Lisp_Object fullscreen
;
9593 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
9594 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
9595 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
9596 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
9600 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
9601 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
9602 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
9603 get_font_ascent_descent (font
, &font_ascent
, &font_descent
);
9604 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = font_ascent
+ font_descent
;
9606 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9607 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9610 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
9612 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
9614 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9615 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
9616 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
9617 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9619 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9621 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
9623 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
9624 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
9625 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
9626 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9628 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
9629 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 3,
9631 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9632 if (FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) != old_menu_bar_height
9633 && !f
->after_make_frame
9634 && (EQ (frame_inhibit_implied_resize
, Qt
)
9635 || (CONSP (frame_inhibit_implied_resize
)
9636 && NILP (Fmemq (Qfont
, frame_inhibit_implied_resize
))))
9637 && (NILP (fullscreen
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
))
9638 || EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
)))
9639 /* If the menu bar height changes, try to keep text height
9642 (f
, -1, FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
)
9643 - old_menu_bar_height
, 1, false, Qfont
);
9644 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9650 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
9653 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
9662 /***********************************************************************
9664 ***********************************************************************/
9670 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
9671 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
9672 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
9675 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9677 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
9678 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9682 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
9683 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9685 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9686 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
9688 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
9689 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
9693 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
9694 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9695 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9699 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
9701 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9702 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
9705 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9713 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9714 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
9721 XIMCallback destroy
;
9724 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
9725 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
9728 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
9729 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
9730 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
9736 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9737 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9741 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9743 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
9744 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
9745 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
9746 when the callback was registered. */
9749 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9751 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
9752 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
9754 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
9758 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9760 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
9761 as they have no XIC. */
9762 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
9764 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9767 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9769 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9772 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
9773 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
9775 create_frame_xic (f
);
9776 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
9777 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
9778 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
9780 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
9781 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
9790 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9793 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9794 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
9795 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
9796 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
9799 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9801 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9805 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9806 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
9809 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
9810 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
9811 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
9812 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
9813 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9814 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9815 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
9816 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
9817 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9818 eassert (ret
== True
);
9819 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9820 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
9821 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9823 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9827 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
9830 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9835 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9836 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
9838 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9840 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
9841 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9842 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9843 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9844 eassert (ret
== True
);
9846 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9848 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9849 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9850 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9851 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9852 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9854 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9857 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9861 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
9862 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
9865 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
9867 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
9869 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
9870 is already for the top-left corner. */
9871 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
9874 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
9875 position that fits on the screen. */
9876 if (flags
& XNegative
)
9877 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9878 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
9881 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9883 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
9884 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
9885 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
9887 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
9888 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
9889 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
9890 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
9893 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
9894 2000-12-01, gerd. */
9896 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
9899 if (flags
& YNegative
)
9900 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9901 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
9904 /* The left_pos and top_pos
9905 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
9906 so the flags should correspond. */
9907 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9910 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
9911 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
9912 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
9913 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
9914 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
9917 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
9919 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
9921 if (change_gravity
> 0)
9925 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9927 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
9929 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
9930 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9932 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
9935 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
9937 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9938 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9940 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
9942 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
9943 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
9944 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
9945 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
9946 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
9949 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9950 modified_left
, modified_top
);
9952 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
9953 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
);
9955 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
9956 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
9957 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
9958 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
9961 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
9962 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
9963 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
9965 if (change_gravity
!= 0
9966 && (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
9967 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
9968 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
9969 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
9970 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
9975 /* Return true if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
9976 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
9977 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
9978 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9979 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
9982 x_wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
9985 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9986 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9988 Window wmcheck_window
;
9989 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9990 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
9991 int max_len
= 65536;
9992 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9993 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9994 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
9998 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9999 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
10000 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
10001 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
10002 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
10003 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
10005 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10007 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10008 x_uncatch_errors ();
10013 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
10016 /* Check if window exists. */
10017 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
10018 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10020 x_uncatch_errors_after_check ();
10025 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
10027 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
10028 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
10029 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
10030 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10031 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10032 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10034 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
10036 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
10037 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
10038 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
10039 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
10040 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
10042 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10044 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10045 x_uncatch_errors ();
10050 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
10051 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
10052 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
10057 for (i
= 0; !ret
&& i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
10058 ret
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
10060 x_uncatch_errors ();
10067 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, bool add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
10069 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
10071 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
10072 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
10074 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
10076 (make_number (add
),
10078 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
10080 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
10085 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
10088 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10090 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10092 set_wm_state (frame
, !NILP (new_value
),
10093 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
10096 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
10097 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
10098 Set *STICKY to the sticky state.
10100 Return true iff we are not hidden. */
10103 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
10109 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
10110 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
10111 bool is_hidden
= false;
10112 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10113 long max_len
= 65536;
10114 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
10115 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
10116 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
10119 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10122 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10123 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
10124 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
10125 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
10126 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
10128 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10130 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10131 x_uncatch_errors ();
10133 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
10136 x_uncatch_errors ();
10138 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
10140 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
10141 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10143 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10145 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10146 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
10148 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
10150 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10152 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10153 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
10155 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
10157 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10158 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
10159 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10163 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10165 return ! is_hidden
;
10168 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
10171 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10173 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10174 bool have_net_atom
= x_wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
10178 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
10180 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
10181 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
10182 if (!have_net_atom
)
10183 have_net_atom
= x_wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
10185 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
10189 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10191 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
10192 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
10193 are sent at once. */
10194 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10196 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10197 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10198 set_wm_state (frame
, true, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10201 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10202 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10204 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10205 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10206 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10207 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10208 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10212 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
10213 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10214 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10215 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10216 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10217 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10218 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10221 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10222 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10224 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10225 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10226 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10227 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10228 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10232 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
10233 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10234 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10235 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
10236 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10237 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10238 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10241 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10242 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10244 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10245 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
10246 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10247 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10248 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10250 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10252 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10253 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10254 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10255 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10256 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10258 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10260 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10261 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10262 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10263 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10264 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10268 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10269 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10271 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10272 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10273 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10274 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10275 set_wm_state (frame
, true, None
,
10276 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10278 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10279 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10280 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10283 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
10284 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10285 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10288 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10289 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10290 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10293 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10297 return have_net_atom
;
10301 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
10303 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10306 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
10314 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
10316 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10318 bool sticky
= false;
10319 bool not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
10324 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10327 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10328 lval
= Qfullheight
;
10330 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10333 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10338 frame_size_history_add
10339 (f
, Qx_handle_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
10340 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
10342 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
10343 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
10348 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10349 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10351 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10353 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
10355 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
10358 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
10359 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
10361 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
10362 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
10363 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
10365 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
10367 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10368 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10370 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10372 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
10373 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10375 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10376 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10378 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10380 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10381 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10383 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10385 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10386 height
= height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10388 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10389 lval
= Qfullheight
;
10390 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10396 frame_size_history_add
10397 (f
, Qx_check_fullscreen
, width
, height
, Qnil
);
10399 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
10401 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10404 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10405 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10408 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
- FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
),
10409 false, true, false, true);
10414 /* `x_net_wm_state' might have reset the fullscreen frame parameter,
10416 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
10419 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
10420 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
10421 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
10422 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
10423 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
10424 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
10425 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
10428 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
10430 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10432 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
10433 window manager window around the frame. */
10435 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10437 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
10439 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
10444 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
10445 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
10446 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
10448 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
10450 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
10451 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
10453 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10454 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
10456 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, false);
10459 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
10460 frame's position. */
10462 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
10466 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
10467 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
10468 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
10469 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
10470 of an exact comparison. */
10473 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, bool fuzzy
)
10477 while (count
++ < 50)
10479 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10481 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
10482 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
10485 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10486 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10490 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
10493 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
10494 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
10497 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
10501 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
10502 will then return up-to-date position info. */
10504 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000000, 0, false, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
10508 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
10510 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
10512 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
10515 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
10516 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10518 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
10520 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
10521 Maybe it should be configurable. */
10522 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10523 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
10525 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
10527 pending_signals
= true;
10528 totally_unblock_input ();
10529 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
10531 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
10536 time_now
= current_timespec ();
10537 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
10540 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
10541 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
10542 break; /* Timeout */
10545 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
10549 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to WIDTH/HEIGHT in the case F
10550 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to
10551 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
10552 size changes. Otherwise leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10555 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10556 int width
, int height
)
10558 int pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
);
10559 int pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
);
10560 int old_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
10561 int old_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10562 Lisp_Object fullscreen
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
10564 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10565 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
10567 /* When the frame is fullheight and we only want to change the width
10568 or it is fullwidth and we only want to change the height we should
10569 be able to preserve the fullscreen property. However, due to the
10570 fact that we have to send a resize request anyway, the window
10571 manager will abolish it. At least the respective size should
10572 remain unchanged but giving the frame back its normal size will
10574 if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
) && width
== FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
))
10576 frame_size_history_add
10577 (f
, Qx_set_window_size_1
, width
, height
,
10578 list2 (make_number (old_height
),
10579 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10581 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10582 old_width
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10584 else if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullheight
) && height
== FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
))
10586 frame_size_history_add
10587 (f
, Qx_set_window_size_2
, width
, height
,
10588 list2 (make_number (old_width
), make_number (pixelwidth
)));
10590 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10591 pixelwidth
, old_height
);
10596 frame_size_history_add
10597 (f
, Qx_set_window_size_3
, width
, height
,
10598 list3 (make_number (pixelwidth
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
)),
10599 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
10600 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)),
10601 make_number (FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10603 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10604 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10610 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10611 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10612 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10613 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10614 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10616 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10617 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10618 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10619 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10621 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10622 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10623 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10624 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10625 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10627 Pass true for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10630 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
10631 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
10632 for the ConfigureNotify. */
10633 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10635 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10637 if (!NILP (fullscreen
))
10638 /* Try to restore fullscreen state. */
10640 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10641 x_set_fullscreen (f
, fullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10646 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
10652 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10653 If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to top-left-corner window gravity
10654 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10655 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10658 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10659 int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
10663 /* The following breaks our calculations. If it's really needed,
10664 think of something else. */
10666 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
10668 int text_width
, text_height
;
10670 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
10671 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
10672 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
10673 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
10674 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
10675 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
10676 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
10677 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10678 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10679 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
10681 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10683 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
10684 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
10686 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, false, true, false, true);
10690 /* Pixelize width and height, if necessary. */
10693 width
= width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10694 height
= height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10698 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
10699 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
10701 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10702 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10703 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10704 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
10705 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10707 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10708 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
10710 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10711 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10712 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10713 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10714 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10719 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
10722 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
10726 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10727 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
10731 /* Raise frame F. */
10734 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10737 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10738 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10739 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10743 /* Lower frame F. */
10746 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10748 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10751 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10752 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10757 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
10760 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
10762 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
10763 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
10764 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10765 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
10766 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
10769 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
10772 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10774 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
10775 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
10777 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10779 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && x_wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
10782 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10783 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
10784 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
10786 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
10791 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, bool raise_flag
)
10799 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10801 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
10803 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10805 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
10808 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
10810 unsigned long data
[2];
10811 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10813 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
10816 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10817 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
10818 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
10820 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
10823 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
10824 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
10828 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10829 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
10830 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
10831 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10832 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
10833 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
10834 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
10835 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
10836 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
10838 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
10839 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
10840 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10843 /* Change of visibility. */
10845 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10846 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10847 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10848 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10849 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10850 finishes with it. */
10853 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
10855 int original_top
, original_left
;
10860 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10862 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10864 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10865 call x_set_offset a second time
10866 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10867 before the window gets really visible. */
10868 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10869 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10870 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
10871 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10873 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= true;
10875 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10876 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
10877 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10878 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10879 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10882 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10883 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10885 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10887 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10888 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10890 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10891 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10893 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10894 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10895 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10898 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10900 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10901 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10902 so that incoming events are handled. */
10905 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
10906 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
10907 will set it when they are handled. */
10908 bool previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
10910 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
10911 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
10913 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10916 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
10918 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
10919 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
10920 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
10921 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
10923 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
10924 because the window manager may choose the position
10925 and we don't want to override it. */
10927 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10928 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10929 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10930 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
10931 && previously_visible
)
10935 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
10939 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
10940 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
10941 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
10942 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
10943 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
10944 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
10945 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
10946 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10947 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
10949 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
10950 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10951 original_left
, original_top
);
10956 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10958 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
10959 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10961 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10964 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
10965 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
10966 Prevent an endless loop. */
10967 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
10970 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
10971 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
10973 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
10974 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
10975 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
10976 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
10977 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
10979 if (input_polling_used ())
10981 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
10982 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
10983 handler reset it. */
10984 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
10985 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
10986 poll_for_input_1 ();
10987 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
10990 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10993 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
10994 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11000 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
11002 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
11005 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
11009 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
11010 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11012 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
11013 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
11014 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11018 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
11019 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
11020 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
11021 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
11022 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
11023 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, true);
11026 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
11027 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
11030 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
11031 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
11036 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
11037 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
11040 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
11044 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
11045 just by the event that we get from the server.
11046 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
11047 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
11048 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
11049 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11050 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
11057 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
11060 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
11062 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11066 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
11067 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
11068 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11070 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
11075 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
11077 #if defined (USE_GTK)
11078 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
11080 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11081 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
11083 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
11084 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11085 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11091 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11093 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11095 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
11096 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
11097 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
11098 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11099 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
11100 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
11101 so we have to record it here. */
11102 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11103 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11108 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11109 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
11110 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
11114 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
11116 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11117 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11120 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11122 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11124 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
11125 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
11126 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
11127 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
11128 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
11129 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
11131 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
11132 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
11134 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
11135 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
11139 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11140 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
11141 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
11142 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
11143 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
11145 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11146 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
11148 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
11152 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
11156 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
11158 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
11160 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11162 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
11163 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11166 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
11167 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
11169 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11171 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11175 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
11178 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
11180 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11181 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
11182 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11184 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
11189 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11190 commands to the X server. */
11191 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
11193 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
11194 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
11195 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
11196 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
11198 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
11199 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
11201 free_frame_faces (f
);
11203 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
11204 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
11206 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11207 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
11208 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
11209 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
11210 toolkit scroll bars. */
11211 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
11213 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
11214 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
11220 free_frame_xic (f
);
11223 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
11224 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11225 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11227 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11228 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
11230 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
11231 we are using a toolkit. */
11232 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11233 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11235 free_frame_menubar (f
);
11237 if (f
->shell_position
)
11238 xfree (f
->shell_position
);
11239 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11242 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
11243 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11245 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11246 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11247 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11249 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11250 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11251 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
11252 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
11253 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
11254 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
11256 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
11257 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
11258 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
11259 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
11260 #if defined (USE_LUCID) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
11261 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
11262 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11263 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
11264 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11265 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
11266 #endif /* USE_LUCID && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
11267 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11268 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
11269 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11270 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
11274 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
11275 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
11277 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
11278 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
11280 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
11282 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
11283 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
11286 /* Free cursors. */
11287 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
11288 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
11289 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
11290 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
11291 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
11292 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
11293 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
11294 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
11295 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
11296 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
11297 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11298 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
11299 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11300 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
11302 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11305 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
11306 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
11307 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
11309 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
11310 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11311 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
11312 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11313 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
11314 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11315 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
11316 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
11322 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
11325 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
11327 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11329 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11330 commands to the X server. */
11331 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
11332 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
11334 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
11338 /* Setting window manager hints. */
11340 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
11341 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
11342 that the window now has.
11343 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
11344 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
11345 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
11349 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
11351 XSizeHints size_hints
;
11352 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11357 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11358 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11360 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11365 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
11366 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
11368 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
11369 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
11371 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
11372 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
11374 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11375 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11377 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11378 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11379 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11380 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11382 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
11384 int base_width
, base_height
;
11386 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11387 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11389 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
11390 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
11391 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
11392 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
11393 zero-row, zero-column frame. */
11395 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
11396 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
11397 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
11398 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
11399 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
11402 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
11405 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11410 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
11411 long supplied_return
;
11414 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
11418 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11423 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
11424 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
11425 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
11426 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
11427 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
11428 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11429 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
11430 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
11437 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
11438 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
11442 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
11443 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11445 #endif /* PWinGravity */
11447 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
11449 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
11451 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
11454 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
11456 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11459 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
11460 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11461 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11462 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11464 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
11465 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
11467 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11468 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11472 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
11474 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
11476 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
11477 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11482 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
11483 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
11484 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
11485 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
11489 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
11497 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
11501 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
11505 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
11506 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11507 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
11508 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11511 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11513 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
11514 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11516 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11520 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
11522 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11524 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
11525 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
11526 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
11528 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11532 /***********************************************************************
11534 ***********************************************************************/
11538 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
11542 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
11544 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
11545 if (font
->driver
->check
)
11546 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
11549 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11552 /***********************************************************************
11554 ***********************************************************************/
11556 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11557 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
11558 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11559 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
11561 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
11562 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11563 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11565 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11566 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11567 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11568 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11569 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11570 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11571 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
11574 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
11576 static bool x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
11578 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11580 static int x_initialized
;
11582 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
11583 the screen number from the server number. */
11585 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
11587 bool seen_colon
= false;
11588 Lisp_Object sysname
= Fsystem_name ();
11589 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (sysname
);
11590 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (sysname
);
11591 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
11593 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
11594 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
11595 length_until_period
++;
11597 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
11598 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
11600 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
11602 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
11603 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11604 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11605 name1
+= system_name_length
;
11606 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11607 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11608 name2
+= system_name_length
;
11609 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
11610 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11611 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11612 name1
+= length_until_period
;
11613 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11614 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11615 name2
+= length_until_period
;
11617 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
11621 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
11625 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
11626 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
11629 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
11630 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
11633 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
11638 while (!(mask
& 1))
11654 /* Return true iff display DISPLAY is available for use.
11655 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
11658 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
11660 /* XOpenDisplay fails if it gets a signal. Block SIGIO which may arrive. */
11661 unrequest_sigio ();
11662 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
11666 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11672 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
11673 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
11675 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
11676 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
11680 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
11683 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11685 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11686 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
11691 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11692 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
11693 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
11697 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
11698 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
11699 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
11700 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
11702 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
11705 x_uncatch_errors ();
11710 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
11713 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
11717 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
11720 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11723 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
11726 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11730 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11732 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11733 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11736 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11739 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
11742 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11744 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
11746 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11747 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
11749 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11750 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
11751 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11754 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
11757 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11759 /* FIXME: the brave tester should set EMACS_XFIXES because we're suspecting
11760 X server bug, see http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17609. */
11761 if (egetenv ("EMACS_XFIXES") && x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
11762 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11765 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11766 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
11770 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
11771 connection established. */
11772 static unsigned x_display_id
;
11774 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
11775 the structure that describes the open display.
11776 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
11778 struct x_display_info
*
11779 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
11782 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11783 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11789 if (!x_initialized
)
11795 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
11796 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
11800 #define NUM_ARGV 10
11802 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
11803 char **argv2
= argv
;
11806 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
11808 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
11812 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
11813 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
11815 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
11819 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
11821 if (! NILP (display_name
))
11823 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
11824 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
11827 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
11828 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
11830 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11832 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
11833 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
11834 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
11835 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
11837 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
11838 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
11839 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
11841 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
11843 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11844 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
11848 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
11852 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
11854 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
11855 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
11857 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
11858 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
11860 s
= build_string (file
);
11861 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
11863 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
11864 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
11868 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11869 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11872 #else /* not USE_GTK */
11873 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11874 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
11876 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
11877 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
11878 So let's not use it until R6. */
11879 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11880 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
11891 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11892 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11894 turn_on_atimers (false);
11895 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11896 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
11897 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11898 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
11901 turn_on_atimers (true);
11903 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11904 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
11909 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11910 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11911 unrequest_sigio (); // See comment in x_display_ok.
11912 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
11914 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11915 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
11917 /* Detect failure. */
11924 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
11926 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
11927 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
11930 struct x_display_info
*share
;
11932 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
11933 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
11934 SSDATA (display_name
)))
11937 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
11940 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
11942 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
11944 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
11946 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
11947 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
11949 kset_system_key_alist
11951 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
11952 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
11954 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
11955 terminal_list
= terminal
;
11958 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
11959 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
11960 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
11961 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
11962 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
11964 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
11967 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11968 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11969 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11971 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
11972 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
11973 dpyinfo
->connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
11975 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
11976 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
11979 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
11982 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
11983 Lisp_Object system_name
= Fsystem_name ();
11984 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (system_name
))
11985 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
11986 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
11987 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
11988 + SBYTES (system_name
) + 2);
11989 char *nametail
= lispstpcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, Vinvocation_name
);
11991 lispstpcpy (nametail
, system_name
);
11993 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
11994 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11996 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
11998 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
11999 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
12000 #endif /* USE_GTK */
12002 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
12003 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
12005 dpyinfo
->horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor
12006 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
12008 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
12009 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
12010 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
12011 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
12013 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
12015 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
12017 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
12019 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
12020 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
12021 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
12022 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12023 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12024 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
12025 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
12027 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
12029 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
12030 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
12032 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
12033 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
12034 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
12035 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
12036 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
12037 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
12040 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
12041 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
12043 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
12045 AUTO_STRING (privateColormap
, "privateColormap");
12046 AUTO_STRING (PrivateColormap
, "PrivateColormap");
12048 = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, privateColormap
,
12049 PrivateColormap
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
12050 if (STRINGP (value
)
12051 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12052 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12053 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
12057 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
12058 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
12062 /* If we are using Xft, the following precautions should be made:
12064 1. Make sure that the Xrender extension is added before the Xft one.
12065 Otherwise, the close-display hook set by Xft is called after the one
12066 for Xrender, and the former tries to re-add the latter. This results
12067 in inconsistency of internal states and leads to X protocol error when
12068 one reconnects to the same X server (Bug#1696).
12070 2. Check dpi value in X resources. It is better we use it as well,
12071 since Xft will use it, as will all Gnome applications. If our real DPI
12072 is smaller or larger than the one Xft uses, our font will look smaller
12073 or larger than other for other applications, even if it is the same
12074 font name (monospace-10 for example). */
12076 int event_base
, error_base
;
12080 XRenderQueryExtension (dpyinfo
->display
, &event_base
, &error_base
);
12082 v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
12083 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
12084 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
12088 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
12090 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12091 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12092 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12093 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
12094 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
12095 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12096 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12097 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
12098 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
12102 static const struct
12107 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
12108 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
12109 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
12110 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
12111 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
12112 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
12113 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
12114 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
12115 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
12116 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
12117 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
12118 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
12119 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
12120 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
12121 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
12122 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
12123 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
12124 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
12125 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
12126 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
12127 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
12128 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
12129 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
12130 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
12131 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
12132 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
12133 /* For properties of font. */
12134 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
12135 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
12136 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
12137 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
12138 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
12139 /* Ghostscript support. */
12140 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
12141 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
12142 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
12143 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("HORIZONTAL_SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
12144 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
12146 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
12147 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
12148 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
12149 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
12150 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
12151 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
12152 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
12153 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
12154 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
12155 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
12156 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
12157 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
12158 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
12159 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
12160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
12161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
12162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
12163 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
12164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
12165 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
12166 /* Session management */
12167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
12168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
12169 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
12173 enum { atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
) };
12174 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN. */
12175 enum { total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
};
12176 Atom atoms_return
[total_atom_count
];
12177 char *atom_names
[total_atom_count
];
12178 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
12179 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
12180 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
12182 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12183 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
12185 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name. */
12186 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
12187 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
12188 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
12190 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
12191 False
, atoms_return
);
12193 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12194 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
12196 /* Manually copy last atom. */
12197 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
12200 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
12201 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
12202 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
12204 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
12205 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
12208 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
12211 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
12214 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12216 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
12217 if (dpyinfo
->connection
!= 0)
12218 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12221 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
12222 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
12224 if (interrupt_input
)
12225 init_sigio (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12229 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
12232 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
12233 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
12234 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
12235 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
12236 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
12237 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
12238 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
12239 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12240 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
12242 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
12243 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
12244 /* Do not free XFontStruct returned by the above call to XQueryFont.
12245 This leads to X protocol errors at XtCloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12246 x_uncatch_errors ();
12250 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
12251 for debugging X code. */
12253 AUTO_STRING (synchronous
, "synchronous");
12254 AUTO_STRING (Synchronous
, "Synchronous");
12255 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, synchronous
,
12256 Synchronous
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
12257 if (STRINGP (value
)
12258 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12259 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12260 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
12264 AUTO_STRING (useXIM
, "useXIM");
12265 AUTO_STRING (UseXIM
, "UseXIM");
12266 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, useXIM
, UseXIM
,
12269 if (STRINGP (value
)
12270 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
12271 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
12274 if (STRINGP (value
)
12275 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12276 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12282 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
12283 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
12284 tty or started as a daemon. */
12285 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && ! IS_DAEMON
)
12286 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12290 x_extension_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12298 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
12299 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
12302 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12304 struct terminal
*t
;
12305 struct color_name_cache_entry
*color_entry
, *next_color_entry
;
12307 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
12309 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
12310 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
12313 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
12314 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
12315 x_session_close ();
12317 delete_terminal (t
);
12321 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
12322 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12324 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
12325 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12328 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
12330 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
12331 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
12332 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
12335 for (color_entry
= dpyinfo
->color_names
;
12337 color_entry
= next_color_entry
)
12339 next_color_entry
= color_entry
->next
;
12340 xfree (color_entry
->name
);
12341 xfree (color_entry
);
12344 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
12345 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
12346 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
12350 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12352 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
12353 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
12354 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
12355 that slows us down. */
12358 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
12361 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= false;
12362 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
12364 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
12365 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
12366 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
12367 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
12372 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
12373 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
12374 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
12375 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
12376 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
12377 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
12378 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
12381 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
12384 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
12386 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
12387 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
12388 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= true;
12393 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12396 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
12398 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
12400 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
12404 x_clear_end_of_line
,
12406 x_after_update_window_line
,
12407 x_update_window_begin
,
12408 x_update_window_end
,
12410 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
12411 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
12412 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
12413 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
12415 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap
,
12416 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap
,
12418 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
12419 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
12421 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
12422 x_draw_glyph_string
,
12423 x_define_frame_cursor
,
12424 x_clear_frame_area
,
12425 x_draw_window_cursor
,
12426 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
12427 x_draw_window_divider
,
12428 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
, /* Never called; see comment in function. */
12434 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
12436 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
12438 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
12440 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
12441 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
12442 if (!terminal
->name
)
12447 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
12450 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
12453 /* Normally, the display is available... */
12454 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12456 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
12457 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
12459 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
12460 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
12461 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
12462 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
12464 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
12465 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
12466 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
12467 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
12468 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
12469 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
12470 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
12471 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
12472 leaks in other situations. */
12474 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
12475 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
12477 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
12479 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
12480 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
12481 closing all the displays. */
12482 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
12486 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
12488 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12489 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12491 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12493 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
12494 /* Do not close the connection here because it's already closed
12495 by X(t)CloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12496 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
12499 /* ...but if called from x_connection_closed, the display may already
12500 be closed and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. Since
12501 X server is most likely gone, explicit close is the only reliable
12502 way to continue and avoid Bug#19147. */
12503 else if (dpyinfo
->connection
>= 0)
12504 emacs_close (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12506 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
12507 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12508 /* Mark as dead. */
12509 dpyinfo
->connection
= -1;
12511 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
12515 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
12516 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
12518 static struct terminal
*
12519 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12521 struct terminal
*terminal
;
12523 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
12525 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
12526 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
12528 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
12530 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
12531 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
12532 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
12533 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
12534 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
12535 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
12536 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
12537 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
12538 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
12539 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
12540 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
12541 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
12542 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
12543 terminal
->menu_show_hook
= x_menu_show
;
12544 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
12545 terminal
->popup_dialog_hook
= xw_popup_dialog
;
12547 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
12548 terminal
->set_horizontal_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar
;
12549 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
12550 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
12551 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
12552 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
12553 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
12554 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
12560 x_initialize (void)
12565 any_help_event_p
= false;
12566 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
12569 current_count
= -1;
12572 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
12573 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
12575 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12576 XtToolkitInitialize ();
12578 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
12580 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
12581 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
12582 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
12583 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
12584 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
12585 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
12586 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
12588 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
12591 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12593 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
12594 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
12599 x_cr_init_fringe (&x_redisplay_interface
);
12602 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
12603 original error handler. */
12604 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
12605 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
12612 /* Emacs can handle only core input events, so make sure
12613 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
12614 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
12619 syms_of_xterm (void)
12621 x_error_message
= NULL
;
12623 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
12624 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
12627 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
12628 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
12630 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
12633 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
12634 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
12635 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
12636 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
12637 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
12638 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
12639 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
12641 x_use_underline_position_properties
= true;
12643 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
12644 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
12645 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
12646 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
12647 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
12648 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
12649 x_underline_at_descent_line
= false;
12651 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
12652 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
12653 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
12654 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
12655 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
12656 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
12657 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
12658 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
12659 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= false;
12661 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
12662 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
12663 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
12664 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
12665 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
12666 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
12667 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12669 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
12670 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
12671 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
12673 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
12675 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
12678 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
12681 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
12682 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
12683 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
12684 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
12685 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
12686 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
12687 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
12688 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
12689 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
12691 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
12692 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
12693 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12694 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
12695 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
12696 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
12698 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
12699 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
12700 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12701 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
12702 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
12703 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
12705 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
12706 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
12707 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12708 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
12709 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
12710 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
12712 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
12713 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
12714 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12715 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
12716 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
12717 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
12719 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
12720 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
12721 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
12722 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
12723 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
12726 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-frame-normalize-before-maximize",
12727 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
,
12728 doc
: /* Non-nil means normalize frame before maximizing.
12729 If this variable is t, Emacs first asks the window manager to give the
12730 frame its normal size, and only then the final state, whenever changing
12731 from a full-height, full-width or full-both state to the maximized one
12732 or when changing from the maximized to the full-height or full-width
12735 Set this variable only if your window manager cannot handle the
12736 transition between the various maximization states. */);
12737 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
= false;